Home

Mazda 2005 Tribute Automobile User Manual

1. Language Code Language Code Nauru na 2300 Tigrinya ti 2908 Nepali ne 2304 Tonga to 2914 Norwegian no 2314 Tsonga ts 2918 Occtian oc 2402 Tukmen tk 2910 Oriya or 2417 Turkish tr 2917 Oromo om 2412 Twi tw 2922 Panjabi pa 2500 Ukrainian uk 3010 Pashto Pushto ps 2518 Urdu ur 3017 Persian fa 1500 Uzbek uz 3025 Polish pl 2511 Vietnamese vi 3108 Portuguese pt 2519 Volapuk vo 3114 Quechua qu 2620 Welsh cy 1224 Rhaeto Romance rm 2712 Wolof wo 3214 Romanian ro 2714 Xhosa xh 3307 Russian ru 2720 Yiddish ji 1908 Samoan sm 2812 Yoruba yo 3414 Sangho sg 2806 Zulu zu 3520 SanSkrit sa 2800 Scots Gaelic gd 1603 Serbian sr 2817 Serbo Croatian sh 2807 Sesotho st 2819 Setswana tn 2913 Shona sn 2813 Sindhi sd 2803 Singhalese si 2808 Siswaiti ss 2818 Slovak sk 2810 Slovenian sl 2811 Somali so 2814 Spanish es 1418 Sundanese su 2820 Swahili sw 2822 Swedish sv 2821 Tagalog tl 2911 Tajik tg 2906 Tamil ta 2900 Tatar tt 2919 Telugu te 2904 Thai th 2907 Tibetan bo 1114 6 93 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code List Country Code Country Code Afghanistan AF 1005 Cape Verde CV 1221 Albania AL 1011 Cayman Islands KY 202
2. Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION QUEBEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND HOR 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 6390 9 6 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern ha
3. system Climate Control System ssesseeseeee 6 2 Bluetooth Hands Free scseceeees 6 103 Operating Tips 0 eeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 6 2 Bluetooth Hands Free c00 04 6 103 Vent Operation Front 00 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Fully Automatic Type c sccsscsceeeeee Operation oe eeeeseeeteeeeeeeeeeees 6 106 Vent Operation Rear Convenient Use of the Hands Free Control Panel Rear esceseseseseseeeeeeeee SYSTEM os oils cite aseioee seese 6 109 Hands Free Telephone Setting 6 113 When the Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be Audio System cscessccssecsssseessscsseeeeeees 6 17 usedi deseoa naaraat 6 118 ADMD A o oeonoieeire socii receitissesdiisaens 6 17 Safety Certification ccccccccccceeeseee 6 119 Operating Tips for Audio System 6 17 Audio Set animan onini pier Interior Equipment eseceeeeeee Audio Control Switch Operation Steering E ee ctole cx ee sedtepteck cies oo Whee e AEREE 6 46 E Ceo E T AREA AERA Auxiliary Input AUX mode 6 48 Interior Lights EET E WOE A Safety Certification occ eee 6 50 Information Display a Cup Hold etic cescctheeeeteeteecieeedte en Bottle Holder 00 0 Rear Entertainment System E apes Storage Compartments 00 6 127 Rear Entertainment System 6 51 Accessory Sockets sssssssssseeeeee 6 131 Part Names scvrssessesersesseseensseseevnse Power Outlet o cccccsccccseeseseeeens 6
4. Interior temperature sensor Interior Comfort Climate Control System Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation Front YV Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob Opening closing vents The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents Dashboard and Floor Vents Defroster Vents gt 9 4 pl GY 6 5 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Fully Automatic Type Climate control information is displayed on the information display Information display Air intake display DUAL DISC IN1 2345 6MDINSTCO RPT RDM AUTO M OUTSIDE F PASS pee a OT e OA a EA r L SF Airflow display Mode selector display Ambient temperature Temperature Temperature setting display driver setting display front passenger Driver temperature control dial Fan control dial Front passenger temperature control dial A C switch AUTO switch DUAL switch io eae selector OFF switch OUTSIDE Ambient swite temperature switch Windshield defrost
5. Activate the Bluetooth application of the mobile telephone NOTE For the operation of the mobile telephone refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the phone button Short press 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to the main menu 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones 7 Say Beep Pair a phone 8 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 9 Say Beep XXXX Call out an arbitrary 4 digit pairing code This can be any combination of 4 numbers NOTE Record the code as it will be used to program your phone in Step 16 10 Prompt Pairing code XXXX 4 digit number Is this correct 11 Say Beep Yes or No 12 If Yes go to Step 13 If No the procedure returns to Step 8 13 Prompt Start pairing procedure on phone See phone s manual for instructions 14 Using the mobile telephone perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device NOTE For the operation of the mobile telephone refer to its instruction manual 15 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the mobile phone 16 Input the 4 digit pairing code set in Step 9 to the mobile telephone 17 Prompt Please say the name of th
6. The map disc cannot be inserted or ejected while the ignition switch is in the OFF position Remember that the battery can run down if the ignition switch is kept in the ACC or ON position for a long time while the engine not running Remove the cover Mazda CX 9 only with the printed side facing up 2 Insert the map disc The main unit is located on the right side of the cargo sub compartment under the trunk board Mazda CX 9 The main unit is located under the front passenger seat Mazda CX 7 Condensation may form on the optical lens or the map disc inside the unit when the temperature in the vehicle increases in a short time such as when heating the car on a cold day This condensation may cause malfunctions If so unload the map disc and do not operate the unit for approximately 1 hour Wipe the condensation off the map disc with a soft cloth If the unit does not operate correctly after 1 hour consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION gt DVD Navigation System CAUTION screen When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the screen changes as follows to activate the navigation system The screen audio or navigation that was displayed prior to the engine being turned off is displayed Before the navigation screen is displayed the CAUTION screen will be displayed carefully and select Most functions are inhibited while the the EE on screen A vehicle is in motion Pleas
7. Change to Intersection Guide Guidance Hospital Library Parks amp Recreation Park amp Recreation POI Off Display Commands Destination Operation Commands display set day mode Go Home display set night mode Police Station Enter Destination display set auto mode Add to Waypoint Indicates the commands to be the object of Recognizes without saying the command in f P Recognizes when saying either commands before and after 7 uonlubos y 3210A 51 juewysnipy swnjo e 52 Volume Adjustment You can adjust the volume control for the voice guidance Before Steps menu select NAVIGATION MENU VOLUME gt Wagan Tres gk Open the VOLUME screen Select the appropriate button to set the volume to between gg minimum and maximum EA Sound output will be muted Press the NAVI button to return to the current vehicle position screen Precautions System Performance The navigation system is just a support system for the driver The driver should always pay attention to the traffic situation to safely make decisions You may Warnings be unable at times to arrive at your destination due to out of date information on a map disc You should be especially careful when selecting an urgent destination such as a hospital or a police station Your route may sometimes include roads that a
8. NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 6 116 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Confirmation prompts 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on returning to main menu V Voice recognition learning function Speaker enrollment The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function as high level voice recognition can be achieved by using this function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quite a place as possible page 6 104 The registration must be performed completely The required ti
9. vA CENTERPT LOW wd CENTERPT MID 0d CENTERPT HI wd CENTERPT MAX NOTE Centerpoint operates optimally with a 2 channel stereo CD MP3 audio files can be played however MP3 audio files encoded with high compression may result in poor sound quality Centerpoint is available for 2 channel stereo audio except for AM FM SIRIUS AUX Centerpoint is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Rear seat optimized The rear seat optimized function allows passengers to optimize the audio output to the rear for a more pleasurable acoustic field when selecting the 5 1 channel sound mode Select Surround Rr to increase the surround effect to the rear seat Select Surround ALL to apply the surround effect to all seats NOTE Rear seat optimized is only effective if a CD or a DVD inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit is 5 1 Dolby Digital DTS audio 6 31 Interior Comfort Audio System Surround When the rear seat optimized function is operating the surround effect can be enjoyed at five separate levels Indication Volume change Surround MIH Minimum Surround LOW Low Surround MID Medium Surround HI High Surround MAX Maximum Turn the audio control dial to select Surround MIN MAX mode The selected mode will be indicated Surround MIN vs Surround LOW y Surround MID v4 Surround HI Aes Surro
10. 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 42 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and reme
11. 7 22 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet A CAUTION If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Recreational Towing An example of recreational towing is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The transaxle is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towing refer to Towing Description page 7 20 and Tiedown Hooks page 7 21 and carefully follow the instructions 7 23 7 24 Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition TritOMUCtiON s scisseessccicccosssedscssvescedsscssedsccenseaveceeoaseceesooszoveszensesceseees Tito dl Gti Oinig ei2 4 0 5 sdesce Seda deses cedie de Soave Since cGuece a aE Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Scheduled Maintenance Mexico cecceeseeseeseeeeeeseeeseeteeneees Owner Maintenance scccscsssscssccscsccceseccsssssssssccescsenccccccsesess Owner Maintenance Schedule 0 cccceeccccesscceeseeeesseeeeees Owner Maintenance Precautions 0 ccccccccesseceesseeessseeeees Engine Compartment Engine Oil Engine Coolant Brake Fluid Power Steering Fluid OVERVIEW a Bl ee Automatic Transaxle Fluid
12. A WARNING Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine Spilled brake fluid is dangerous If it gets in your eyes they could be seriously injured If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire If the brake clutch fluid level is low have the brakes and clutch inspected Low brake fluid levels are dangerous Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak Your brakes could fail and cause an accident If the fluid level is low add fluid until it reaches MAX Before adding fluid thoroughly clean the area around the cap A CAUTION gt Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake fluid does get on a painted surface wash it off with water immediately gt Using nonspecified brake fluids page 10 4 will damage the system Mixing different fluids will also damage it If the brake system frequently requires new fluid consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Power Steering Fluid Y Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump don t operate the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low NOTE Use specified power steering fluid page 10 4 Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold Add fluid if necess
13. Select Way point to set the address as a way point on your route lt page 46 You can set up to 5 way points per trip Select E Route guidance begins using displayed route If your desired route cannot be found Route Options allows the route option settings to be changed cae page 42 Selecting EH for five seconds or more will launch the Demo mode Operate after Step 3 of Direct Destination Input 4 Selecting Route 5 ac The calculation route can be selected from one of three types namely Quick the fastest route Altern the standard route or Short the shortest route Select ma Information Details regarding the individual routes i e required time total distance roads used etc Select either m EIN or MELE Quick Altern Short EZE and then select ma nou ose ae when you have decided A a on the route to be used E EA POI Icons on Maps Delete Destination POI Point of Interest Icons The following are POI icons shown on maps All restaurants American fers Chinese EA Continental Fast Food Li French E Italian Japanese a Mexican Seafood z Other Restaurants Shopping pe Grocery Store Shopping Mall EZ PA Automobile Club Zi Gas Station P Parking Auto Service amp Maintenance Delete destination Travel E Bus Station z diy Ferry Terminal Hotel E Rental Car Agency Rest Area Train Station e Airport
14. every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet condition c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Cont Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R R JRYI RI R I RI RI RYIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R IR R IRITR RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant eae i 60 000 km or 3 seats een Others R R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses r I Hoses and tubes for emission 1 I Fuel filter R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R R D
15. gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Don t add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling system gt Don t use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness 8 22 NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap use FL22 type engine coolant If engine coolant other than FL22 type is used the engine coolant must be replaced earlier than the specified replacement interval indicated in the scheduled maintenance page 8 3 If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Brake Fluid V Inspecting Brake Fluid Level Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept at MAX The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake linings If it is excessively low have the brake system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Adding Brake Fluid
16. 5 42 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page 0 Q Light On Indicator Light 5 56 a o gt Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 56 V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light comes on when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position It goes off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light goes out have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not dri
17. 6 Reinsert the auxiliary key 3 6 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions Vv Operational Range The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried NOTE When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate The operational range for locking unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80 cm 2 6 ft from the center of the front door handles The operational range for locking unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to 80 cm 2 6 ft from the center of the liftgate Exterior transmitter lt _ gt Operational range NOTE The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows door handles or liftgate Starting the engine The operational range for starting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area except for the luggage compartment Interior transmitter Operational range NOTE The luggage compartment is out of the operational range however starting the engine may be possible e The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas Around the dashboard Inthe storage compartments such as the glove box e Starting the engine may be
18. A WARNING Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front facing child restraint system on it is unavoidable As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so if your vehicle has side air bags a front facing child restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the seat as far back as possible because the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child 2 42 Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child
19. EJECT and DISPLAY MODE screens Even if the display of the clock on the navigation is not set the clock on the information display remains displayed Beep Beep On Off Allows selection of whether beep will sound 21 peyie s Buma im 22 Navigation Set Up Quick POI Selection This function allows you set the categories on the area displayed when the Point of Interest menu is selected on the map Quick POI enables you store up to six different kinds of categories which you use most regularly 1 MENU select 2 Select QUICK POI SELECTION Select a Q POI to Change Category Gas Station E Grocery Store am NO Al Restaurants 5 Police Staten Hotel Default QUICK POI SELECTION joi Gas Staten Restaurant e Recreation Dopping Community Aectommatioe e Barking Travel B Other List All Categories QUICK POI SELECTION jit Gas Station N AN Restaurants a amrin m Chinese Continental Fast Food Open the QUICK POI SELECTION screen Select the button for Quick POI storage Select the category to be changed EZ This button allows you to restore the factory settings Select a category Once selected subcategories will be displayed Subcategories from all of the individual categories will be displayed together Select the subcategories to be displayed on the map Repeat the above steps to add further POI markers displayed on the menu Navigation
20. If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open close the power windows will not fully open and close automatically Re initialization of the automatic function can be performed using the master control switches and the front passenger door switch Carry out the following procedure to resume operation 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Make sure that the power window lock switch located on the driver s door is not depressed 3 Press the switch and fully open the power window 4 Pull up the switch to fully close the power window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closed 5 Repeat Steps 3 4 for each front power window 6 Make sure that the power windows operate correctly using the door switches Two step down function With the power window completely closed press the switch lightly and it will open and stop about 3 cm 1 in from the top If you continue to press and hold the switch the window will resume opening all the way NOTE Pressing the power window switch once when the window is fully closed will only open it about 3 cm 1 in to allow convenient ventilation of the cabin Canceling the two step down function To cancel the two step down function for the front power windows carry out the following procedure using the master control switc
21. Language Code Language Code Abkhazian ab 1001 Greek el 1411 Afar aa 1000 Greenlandic kl 2011 Afrekaans af 1005 Guarani gn 1613 Albanian sq 2816 Gujarati gu 1620 Amharic am 1012 Hausa ha 1700 Arabic ar 1017 Hebrew iw 1822 Armenian hy 1724 Hindi hi 1708 Assamase as 1018 Hungarian hu 1720 Aymara ay 1024 Icelandic is 1818 Azerbaijani az 1025 Indonesian in 1813 Bashkir ba 1100 Interlingua ia 1800 Basque eu 1420 Interlingue ie 1804 Bengali bn 1113 Inupiak ik 1810 Bhutani dz 1325 Irish ga 1600 Bihari bh 1107 Italian it 1819 Bislama bi 1108 Japanese ja 1900 Breton br 1117 Javanese jw 1922 Bulgarian bg 1106 Kannada kn 2013 Burmese my 2224 Kashmiri ks 2018 Byelorussian be 1104 Kazakh kk 2010 Cambodian km 2012 Kinyarwanda TW 2722 Catalan ca 1200 Kirghiz ky 2024 Chinese zh 3507 Kirundi m 2713 Corsican co 1214 Korean ko 2014 Croatian hr 1717 Kurdish ku 2020 Czech cs 1218 Laothian lo 2114 Danish da 1300 Latin la 2100 Dutch nl 2311 Latvian lv 2121 English en 1413 Lingala In 2113 Esperanto eo 1414 Lithuanian It 2119 Estonian et 1419 Macedonian mk 2210 Faroese fo 1514 Malagasy mg 2206 Fiji fj 1509 Malay ms 2218 Finnish fi 1508 Malayalam ml 2211 French fr 1517 Maltese mt 2219 Friesian fy 1524 Maori mi 2208 Galician gl 1611 Marathi mr 2217 German de 1304 Moldavian mo 2214 Gorgian ka 2000 Mongolian mn 2213 6 92 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System
22. Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended One or both front air bags may deploy and the corresponding pretensioner s may also deploy at the same time While it is safer to use a crash used seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt at all using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners will only function once After they are expended they will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer in
23. Open the ROUTE OPTIONS Menu ROUTE OPTIONS Select i Display Preview A Poste Preferences FAHD Destination amp Way Points Q Display Route T tor m Tern List Route Preview Use the buttons displayed on screen to carry out a simulation run E Move to the start point Carry out a simulation run in the direction of the start point When the Simulation starts the button will be displayed as Bj and when selected it will cause the Simulation to advance quickly Stop the simulation run Carry out a simulation run in the direction of the destination When the Simulation starts the button will be displayed as EJ and when selected it will cause the Simulation to advance quickly Move to the destination Displays the EDIT ROUTE PREVIEW screen EDIT ROUTE PREVIEW To maat Dest or WP Gas Station N All Restaurants Grocery Store Others Stops at the destination or the next way point Stops at a point of interest which has been setup on the route kc Delete the POI which has been selected POls Display the six POIs from Quick POI storage When one of these is selected it will be displayed on the map furthermore NEA can be selected to display items other than shown here For more details refer to page 22 Bulynoy 45 yoog ssoippy S 46 Address Book meem 8 Before Steps MENU gt select Open the ADDRESS BOOK Memory Point Storage ADDRESS BOO
24. _ Getting started 17 peyie s Buma i 18 Navigation Set Up This function allows you to correct any error in the position or direction of your vehicle display Before Steps MENU select Adjusting Current Position and Direction select Open the Calibrate Position screen ae Move to the correct position and select EJ o_o Use g or A to adjust the direction in which you are 4 F heading and select gray Distance This function automatically corrects any error in the display of the current position that might occur after tire replacement select You will have to drive about 6 miles 10 km before distance correction is complete a a a a A Map Version The map and software version numbers can be confirmed using this function select Map and software versions are now displayed MAP VERSION peyejs Guje5 19 peyie s 6ulj95 20 Navigation Set Up menu gt select Before Steps select Open the Map Color USER SETTINGS n screen Select a screen color from EJ to HE options USER SETTINGS Map Color 1 Map Mode auto Distance Average Speet Road Restriction Wamings On Map Mode Map Mode Auto Day Night Auto The display will automatically switch between Day and Night illumination mode when the headlights are turned off and on respectively Day The display will be presented in Day illumination mode regardless of whether the headlights are on
25. ceceeeeeees 8 34 Rotations neonain ae 8 34 SNOW MITES oiiro ngea a 4 9 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Specifications c cece 10 6 Tire Chains vesecseseseeseeseeteteeieiiess 4 10 Uniform tire quality grading system UTOG S iiis 9 21 TOO ats acinar 7 3 Towing Description ecceeseeseeeeeeteeeees 7 20 Emergency towing s s s 7 20 Recreational towing 0 7 23 Trailer towing Except Mexico ceceeceeseeeees 4 12 Traction Control System TCS 5 22 TCS OFF indicator light 5 23 TCS OFF switch oseese 5 24 TCS DSC indicator light 5 23 Trailer Towing eceeeeceeseeeeeseeeees 4 12 Trip Meter rnaen oi 5 38 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 61 V Vanity Mirrors ssssesssesseesseeseeseseeses 6 120 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 Index W Warning Lights s s s 5 41 ABS sled ce ERE 5 44 Air bag system nsession 5 46 Automatic transaxle 0 5 49 AWD irii aerian insesi ae 5 49 Brake system eccecceeseeseeeees 5 43 Charging system eceeee 5 45 Check engine cece 5 45 Check fuel capo eeeeeceeee 5 47 Door ajaf eeeceeseeseeeseereeeeeeseees 5 49 Engine oil pressure 006 5 45 Front seat belt pretensioner SYSLEM 4h viv secant int ute 5 46 KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Grech ereere ernea 5 52 Low fie borsone ia eat 5 47 Low washer fluid level 5 4
26. e Press the phone button during the call Long press V Voice guidance interrupt operation Voice guidance can be stopped by pressing the phone button Short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be called out by the user Press the phone button Short press VY Phone book settings Editing phone book The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be edited 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say List names or say cancel to return to main menu 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phone book 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Pager 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Pager Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number p
27. nter the gt Select the POI name POI from and select the list Any City Cancel the city selection cm Select the Displays list of City name 5 city names from the nearest the list current position gt Enter the _ Select the Displays the city name city name city name andselect from the input screen list gt Select the category name from the list Select the Searches Enter the city city center for facilities close to the center name name from nearest city hall and select the list and select EH Searches gt Select EES Select the for facilities near the current Categor position gate name from Searches for gt Scroll the map the list and facilities near the current as necessary select position and select x Select the Searches for registered facility from facilities at the destinations the list and select El Enter the phone number and select EES For Character Entry please refer to page 39 Select HEA Bulynoy 33 D S 4 S Q 34 Destination Entry and Route Search Select When stopped Displays the police EMERGENCY station select screen rten 1350 PENNSYLVANIA AVE T Pestion wes OD Ur mrsy er METE pone ean Displays the hospital heap select screen When driving Sets the destination to the nearest police station automatically Sets the destination to the nearest hospital
28. 104 g Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device asf s10jog Introduction Product Use Safety Extremely low or high temperatures may interfere with normal operation The inside of the vehicle can become very hot or cold when it is parked for extended periods in direct sunlight or in cold places with the engine turned off The navigation system may not operate normally under such circumstances Turn off the navigation system until the inside of the vehicle has cooled down or warmed up If the system does not operate thereafter consult an authorized dealer we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer Navigation System This navigation system utilizes GPS satellite signals a speed sensor and gyrosensor to track and display your vehicle s current position and to guide you from your starting point to your destination along a calculated route GPS Global Positioning System is a position detecting system utilizing the signals from GPS satellites deployed by the U S Defense Department Beep sound and voice guidance restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda CX 9 only The beep sound and voice guidance related to the navigation system operation are not heard while a Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Screens displayed in this
29. Closing The windows can be closed in case they are left open after getting out of the vehicle NOTE With advanced key If the auto lock function page 3 8 has been activated the doors and the liftgate automatically lock as you walk away from the vehicle however the power windows cannot be closed When leaving the vehicle close the windows using the power window switch inside the vehicle the key or a request switch With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder With request switch on the driver s door Advanced key 1 If the doors and the liftgate are locked unlock them 2 Press and hold the request switch on the driver s door After the doors and the liftgate are locked the windows close as long as the request switch is pressed 3 41 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Fuel Filler Lid and Cap AWARNING When removing the fuel cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap
30. If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Keyless Entry System This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the liftgate and opens the power windows and the moonroof It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully A CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not gt Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet gt Disassemble the transmitter gt Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system doesn t operate when the key is in the ignition switch Doors and the liftgate cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while any other door or the liftgate is open Also the hazard warning lights will not flash e If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance pa
31. Indicator Lights a gt When operating the turn signal lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating page 5 61 When operating the hazard warning lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 68 NOTE If an indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out 5 56 Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute After that the one minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible V Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the
32. J Left turn Green indicators on the dashboard show which signal is working Lane change signals Move the lever slightly toward the direction of the change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE If an indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out 5 61 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Fog Lights Use this switch to turn on the fog lights They help you to see as well as to be seen To turn the front fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 0 position The headlight switch must be in the 2D position to turn on the front fog lights Fog light switch To turn them off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the or OFF position NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam With auto light control If the fog light switch is in the ON position and the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the front fog lights will be turned on when the headlights the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are automatically turned on 5 62 Some models Windshield Wipers and OENIGA The ignition switch must be in the ON position A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid
33. Pull up or press down the seek switch for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not When playing a CD Pull up the seek switch to skip to the next track Press down the seek switch to repeat the current track V Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X 6 47 Interior Comfort Audio System Auxiliary Input AUX mode You can connect portable audio units or similar products on the market to the x auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio me over the vehicle s speakers VOL a B Ss Ania jak NA AWARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped 6 48 NOTE Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for the product being connected e Use acommer
34. RI VT E AZ CO MT NM UT WY E DC DE MD PA VA WV fg A KS MN MO ND NE SD ggg FL GA NC SC E OK TX EJ CANADA gt Ea E3 IL IN KY MI OH WI Bulynoy Any City Cancel the city selection gt Select Enter gt Select Enter gt Select Direct Displays listof the the the the o destination 5 city names city street street house input neea the name name name no c curren from and from page 40 position the select the list list gt Enter gt Select gt Enter gt Select the Displays the the the the street name city name city city street from the list input screen name name name and from and select the select List list List Enter the gt Selectthe gt Select the city Enter gt Select street street name name from the the Ka nameand from the list list house select no For Character Entry please refer to page 39 31 32 Destination Entry and Route Search Select Open the DESTINATION ENTRY Menu DESTINATION ENTRY POINT OF INTEREST Name City Category Nearest Phone Number Point of interest When entering the destination point directly Select aial iad When narrowing down to city name Select i i When narrowing down to category name Select Category When narrowing down to the nearest facility Select Po Newest When narrowing down to a phone number Select e Nr
35. Ruel filler lid acces ceva in ane ate a O a page 3 42 6 TiS css eile Tested ete viene Scares E Sgn cra eed alate Sachets page 8 33 CP Teig ht pulssin Sedat ia R ada tied eerie tlie page 8 37 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Rear CD itt Gate E sees i astensiie E oii Gai oh aan page 3 28 Rear wiper blade ccecescsssessesseeeseeceesessesessessessesseeseeseseesecsessesessessesseesseasenees page 8 29 3 Rear window antenna ceiien ele eae ses heed cesta aida nega dee page 6 17 4 Child safety 1OCK x c ecss czsssse9te2ssec2s iaeasetetsheaseveagl eeasinagenerevigbaneeneniieatvnenwaise page 3 28 Outside MITOr sees esses ese dhee dass a a eis a SERS page 3 57 LTS T A estes es eet esate es Bo asec page 8 33 Navigation System if equipped cccccceceseseseeeeseeeneeees Refer to the separate manual Tight ul D PE E A nets flee as eae page 8 37 Rear view parking camera if equipped 00 0 ccs Refer to the separate manual 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Sats 55 5533scusbcSissacnessncdssSoetsesoasdued tesasvacssanssenscoscdi case onseessasoaneccseeaues se 2 2 Front Seats Manually Operated Seats cceseesesseeteeteeese
36. Sound input Left terminal White To use open the cover A CAUTION Close the cover when the terminals are not in use If foreign material penetrates or liquid is spilled on it it may cause a malfunction NOTE For monaural equipment with one sound output terminal connect the terminal to the sound input terminal White The sound is output from the speaker to which the terminal has been connected Noise may occur depending on the connected equipment Power Outlet The power outlet can be used as a power supply for electrical devices when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Only use AC 115 Velectrical appliances requiring no greater than 100 W Open the cover to use the power outlet Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System A WARNING gt Never use medical instruments with the power outlet gt Follow the cautions below to prevent electrical shock gt Do not plug accessories into the power outlet or unplug them with wet hands gt Do not put anything other than plugs into the outlet gt Do not disassemble the outlet A CAUTION gt Always close the cover when not in use If foreign objects or liquid penetrate the outlet it may cause a malfunction gt Do not use electrical appliances that exceed the prescribed power capacity It may cause a malfunction NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off
37. The vehicle accelerates from a standing start with a vehicle alongside e Avehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when passing or being passed and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of time e Ona steep incline or when there is a difference in height between lanes Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it has been turned off BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates by pressing the switch e Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and operate the warning light beep it does not indicate a malfunction e If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction 5 34 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors The door window glass is darkened Vv BSM Warning Light Beep BSM warning light Equipped on the left and right door mirrors This warning light illuminates for a few s
38. closes the liftgate completely from the near shut position This system also operates when the liftgate is closed manually A WARNING When closing a liftgate always keep hands and fingers away from the liftgate Placing hands or fingers around a liftgate is dangerous because the liftgate closes automatically from the near shut position which could cause hands and fingers to be pinched and injured 3 34 NOTE If the liftgate handle is pulled while the easy closure function is operating the liftgate can be opened e If the liftgate is opened closed repeatedly in a short period of time the easy closure function may not operate Wait for a while and then try again Power Windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Always lock all passenger power windows with the power window lock switch on the driver s side while children are in the vehicle and never allow children to play with power window switches Leaving the power window switches unlocked while children are in the vehicle is dangerous Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate powe
39. equipment 2 Select the SOUND on screen button to display the sound adjustment screen Sound quality adjustment TREB treble sound Select the on screen button to increase treble and i to decrease BASS low pitch sound Select the j on screen button to increase bass and E to decrease Volume balance adjustment Front back volume balance Select the FRONT on screen button E to increase the volume at the front and REAR m to increase the volume to the back Left right volume balance Select the RIGHT on screen button k to increase the volume to the right and LEFT g to increase the volume to the left Pressing an on screen adjustment button for 0 5 seconds or more progressively changes the adjustment range towards up down or left right While an adjustment button is selected in this manner the level indicator will momentarily stop at the medium range position and a beep sound will be heard before proceeding Select the jai on screen button to reset bass treble and balance To return to the previous screen select the IS on screen button AudioPilot AudioPilot automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality in accordance with the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AudioPilot is turned ON the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise Mazda CX 9 Select the AUDIOPILOT on
40. gravity Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and AWD vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and AWD vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as any more than low profile sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions In addition utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles RSC might help if you get into trouble but then it might not be able to allow you to fully recover always drive carefully with the vehicle s height in mind Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded by lowering vehicle speed and applying the brakes earlier Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a high center of gravity is different when it is loaded compared to when it is not and could result in the loss of vehicle control and an accident Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YV AWD Warning Light 4WD This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions e Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system e Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high e Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotat
41. interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it doesn t start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving don t shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you won t be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 54 Y Maintenance If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost If a key is lost contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset
42. may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident A CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate 3 42 VW Fuel Filler Lid To open pull the remote fuel filler lid release Remote fuel filler lid release YV Fuel Filler Cap To remove the filler cap turn it counterclockwise To close the filler cap turn it clockwise until two or more clicks are heard A CAUTION Make sure the fuel filler cap is tightened securely The check fuel cap warning light may illuminate if the cap is not tightened securely If the light remains on even after you have tightened the cap securely this may indicate a different problem Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks AWARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident Vv Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood Release handle 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening and slid
43. mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle doesn t need it Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new This will prevent them from rusting Y Paint Damage Touch up Repair damage to the finish caused by stone chipping damage during parking etc by using Mazda touch up paint before rust begins to form First remove the dirt and grease with a clean soft cloth If rust has already begun to form 1 Remove rust completely with sandpaper 2 Wipe with a clean soft cloth 3 Apply rust preventive primer to the area 4 After drying it completely apply a suitable top coat material to the area Of course there will be no problem if you assign the work to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 55 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Cavity Protection Cavities are treated for protection at the factory but additional protective treatment after t
44. normal when the ABS operates Don t pump the brakes continue to press down on the brake pedal Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a substitute for safe driving The ABS and RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident NOTE Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle However it does not indicate a malfunction Vv ABS Warning Light es The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started
45. oe Low fuel o warning light NOTE The direction of the arrow lt m shown next to the low fuel warning light indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle Dashboard Illumination Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard NOTE The brightness of dashboard illuminations can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in the or D position When the dashboard illumination brightness cannot be adjusted any more a beep sound will be heard Black out meter The brightness of the instrument cluster illumination can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in any position 5 40 Canceling the illumination dimmer Black out meter and dashboard illuminations When the headlight switch is in the or O position the illumination of the instrument cluster and the information display dims When driving on snowy or foggy roads or in other situations when the instrument cluster or information display s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity To cancel the illumination dimmer press the dashboard illumination knob NOTE If the dashboard illumination knob is kept at the illumination dimmer cancel position the instrument cluster and the information display will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to t
46. priority is selected YV Making a call using a telephone number 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 5 Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct 6 Say Beep Yes or No 6 107 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 7 When Yes is called out the call is made When No is called out the procedure returns to Step 3 V Receiving an incoming call 1 Prompt Incoming call press the phone button to answer 2 To accept the call press the phone button Short press To reject the call press the phone button Long press V Hanging up a call Press the phone button during the call Long press Beep will confirm call is ended VY Volume adjustment Turn the power volume dial of the audio unit or navigation system to adjust the volume Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it Audio unit Navigation system pusH POWER VOL NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel 6 108 V Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Help 3 Follow prompts to get the appropr
47. rear of the moonroof tilts open to the fully open position then closes a little 3 45 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Engine off Moonroof Operation The moonroof can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed If any door is opened the moonroof will be inoperable V Opening Closing the Moonroof from Outside The moonroof can be opened or closed from outside the vehicle after the doors and the liftgate are closed A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof Closing the moonroof is dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the moonroof and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children and pets NOTE The moonroof cannot be opened or closed from outside the vehicle under the following condition A door or the liftgate is opened The key is inserted into the ignition switch With advanced key The start knob is pushed into the ignition switch Opening Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car Mazda has introduced a way to open the two front windows and the moonroof as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you get in 3 46 A WARNING Use the auto moonroof function only when you can see the vehicle and it is in a secure area Do not let children play with your keys If they op
48. serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury A CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transaxle damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the shift lever Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 12 5 11 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transaxle shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This optimizes engine performance and improves driving comfort When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after exiting the curve If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the selector lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When this occurs
49. the ACC or LOCK position the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination will turn off The timing for turning on the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination can be delayed by adjusting the sensitivity of the light sensor Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensor adjustment Xenon fusion headlight bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 59 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep page 3 16 overrides the lights on reminder V Headlight High Low Beam Push the lever forward for high beam Pull back to ori
50. the correctly inserted in the Insert the batteries correctly headphones directions The headphones are exposed to direct sunlight Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight Power turns off automatically If there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer or if the headphones are continuously used for 4 hours there is a function which automatically turns the power off Turn the power to headphones back on 6 101 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptom Cause Action The headphones optical reception range is too narrow The headphones batteries are weak Replace the batteries with new ones There is excessive noise in the The headphones batteries are weak Replace the batteries with new ones headphone audio 6 102 Bluetooth Hands Free VW What is a Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible using the phone button located on the steering wheel and voice commands Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the mobile telephone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without direct use of the mo
51. window Display mode jes ee pal tvoo1 c oo1 300 03 03 ALL gt PARENT FOLDER 00000000 ee 1 AAA BBB ceccecc ccccccc DDD DDD DDD EEE AAA FFFFFF AAA GGGG AAA HHHHH FOLDER Changing the display mode 1 Move the cursor to the display mode by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Change the display mode by operating the select button up or down Display Displayed information FOLDER All folders and files display File tag display FOLDER name FILE name TITLE name ARTIST name and ALBUM name display TAG INFO TREE IDX Folder tree display Playlist display If there is a playlist on the disc Files on playlist display If the files on the playlist are being played CD track display If CD tracks on a disc which has both MP3 WMA and CD audio files are being played PLST IDX PLAYLIST CD TRACK Changing the playback mode 1 Move the cursor to the playback mode by operating the select button to the left or right 6 81 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Change the display mode by operating the select button up or down Display Playback mode ALL All files are played repeatedly 1 The current file is played repeatedly NON All files are played once and the playback stops All files in the current folder are RPF played repeatedly Files in the current folder are NOF p
52. 000 km 150 000 miles Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months Engine oil Others R R R JRYI R R I RI RI RYIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R I R R IRIR RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM y Puerto Rico C R C R Air filter Others C R C Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM USA Replace every 96 000 km 60 000 miles Spark plugs a Others Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 6 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I Disc brakes I I Tire Rotation 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages Power steering fluid le
53. 132 Before Operation Sound Output cece eeeeeeeeeees Rear Entertainment System FUnGtions sseni 6 73 DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback Disc M dra 6 74 Auxiliary Input AUX mode 6 88 Language Code List ceeeeeeeee 6 92 Country Code List cceeeeeeseeeeeeee 6 94 Error Message cc ceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 6 98 Symptoms and Actions 0 6 100 Some models 6 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips V Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switch in the ACC position when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions like leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency Y Foggy Windows The windows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air VY Outside Recirculated Air Position Use the outside air position in normal conditions The recirculated air position should be used only when driving on dusty roads or for quick cooling of th
54. 30 to 200 meters hee Do CG If you are using the system for the first time or if you have not used it for some time it takes about 5 minutes or about 2 minutes in open areas to calculate your vehicle s position GPS signal reception is poor in the following places In tunnels Among high rise buildings Under elevated roads In wooded areas The GPS satellites are controlled by the U S Defense Department which may intentionally lower positioning accuracy In such cases there may be vehicle position deviations There may be vehicle position deviations for some time until GPS signals are received after turning on the ignition Asessaoeu j ETO MEL Cet alate This function compares your vehicle s tracking data with the road data on the map disc applies dead reckoning to determine the road you are driving on and displays your vehicle on that road on the map Intelligent map matching addresses the following problems to achieve high accuracy in vehicle positioning oO Position Correction for Elevated Roads Position accuracy is improved by detecting if the vehicle is running on or under an elevated road Position Correction for Parking Garages Position accuracy is improved by detecting if the vehicle is gt driving in an elevated or underground parking garage High precision Gyrosensor A gyro detects turns with an accuracy of 0 05 per second Combined with a speed sensor it enables the system to display
55. 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE e Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure e Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim e Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires if irregular wear develops According to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z C 5 OF Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure 8 34 e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire
56. 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated 8 26 Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing NOTE Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from the same reservoir Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Wiper Blades ACAUTION gt Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades don t use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or ne
57. 6 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade A CAUTION gt Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again gt If the metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the passenger s side or vice versa gt Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber 7 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 1 Remove the cover and raise the wiper arm 2 Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the right until it unlocks then remove the blade V Replacing Rear Window Wiper Blade When the wiper no longer cleans well the blade is probably worn or cracked Replace it A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arm and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand A CAUTION To prevent damage to the rear window let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the rear window 8 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of the blade holder Y gt 4 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade A CAUTION Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them
58. A4 TREB YY FADE Vv BAL Vv BEEP OH VY ILLM EFT Z I Hr 4hr C Depending on the mode selected the indication changes A Bose Sound AudioPLT wy System CENTERPT equipped model vy BASS Vv TREB FADE Vv BAL BEEF OH Vv ILLM EFT wy T2Hr 4 gt 24H C Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Standard audio equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right A L Select mode RASSI Ta N ese TREB Piee tebe Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right EEEF OFF ON ILLM EFT oF ON 12H 24H 17Hr lt 4 gt 24Hr Flashing Flashing Interior Comfort Audio System Bose Sound System equipped model Stereo mode Indication Turn Left Turn Right AudioPLT om o CENTERPT o ox BASS Pie TREB Oza eme Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right BEEF OFF ON ILLM EFT oF ox 12H 24H Hr lt gt 24Hr Flashing Flashing 6 29 Interior Comfort Audio System 5 1 channel soun
59. ATF cccccccesseceseeeseeeseeeeseees Washer Fluid Body Lubrication Wiper Blades FUSES ccccccccesseeees Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage Exterior Care Interior Care Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you re unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it alw
60. All Search n Areas me Casino Rie Golf Course Historical Monument Marina Museum Ski Resort Sports Complex fh Performing Arts Tourist Attraction All Search Areas m lg a pa a a Tourist Information Ov Winery Amusement Park All Search Areas a A Convention Center Court House gt im Government Offices gt w Higher Education gt Hospital Library Park amp Recreation iag All Search Areas am Police Office aa fazl School City Center J Bank e i E Business Facility MENU gt Select umrem Select 41 Bulynoy Route Options srete coon spor check the route Before Steps MENU select Open the ROUTE OPTIONS Menu ROUTE OPTIONS ROUTE PREFERENCES Route Preferences A vote Preterences Fiai rus Prefer dana PAUD Destination amp Way Points Ertan rose QQ Display Route Eres pr braid Otor ied rae Ej Tern List Select Select the button for the location to be PUMP Hestinetion amp Wry Pinda CHANGE ORDER modified Modification EATI of Destination SE T asti P Geez sory wa warrant elect the way points Serre cara to change the order ositions Change the destination and the passing order of the destination and way points Deletion of Select the button Marr corresponding to the Destination or destination or way Way Points point to be deleted gt The Enter Route screen appears TURN LI
61. CD R and CD RW In dash CD changer MP3 compatible type only The CD player In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected An 8 cm 3 in CD can be played in the CD player The In dash CD changer is specially made for 12 cm 5 in CDs An 8 cm 3 in CD can be played in the In dash CD changer MP3 compatible type only if an 8 cm 3 in CD adapter is used If an 8 cm 3 in CD adapter is not used the In dash CD changer MP3 compatible type only may be damaged Always use a CD adapter An 8 cm 3 in CD cannot be played in the In dash CD changer MP3 non compatible type only even if an 8 cm 3 in CD adapter is used Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player In dash CD changer Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it 6 22 Handling the In dash CD changer e e This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the applicat
62. CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent A new CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump G N O O Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and mus
63. Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating 5 15 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system 5 16 Some models All Wheel Drive AWD Operation AWD provides excellent driveability on snow covered and ice packed roads sand and mud as well as on steep slopes and other slippery surfaces Vv AWD Driving A WARNING Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers when driving this vehicle Sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous as it could result in the increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle roll over personal injury or death This vehicle has a higher center of
64. FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows and the moonroof but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the following pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 39 Opening Closing the Moonroof page 3 46 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound 3 14 NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will not flash The hazard warning lights only flas
65. Head Restraint A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision To raise a head restraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down A Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger s ears never the passenger s neck to prevent injury Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authori
66. KW 2022 Nicaragua NI 2308 Kyrgyzstan KG 2006 Niger NE 2304 6 95 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Somalia SO 2814 6 96 Country Code Country Code Nigeria NG 2306 South Africa ZA 3500 Niue NU 2320 South Georgia and the South i GS 1618 Norfolk Island NF 2305 Sandwich Islands Northern Mariana Islands MP 2215 Spain ES 1418 Norway NO 2314 Sri Lanka LK 2110 Oman OM 2412 Sudan SD 2803 Pakistan PK 2510 Suriname SR 2817 Palau PW 2522 valbara and Jan Mayen SJ 2809 Palestinian Territory Occupied 3 PS 2518 Swaziland SZ 2825 Panama PA 2500 Sweden SE 2804 Papua New Guinea PG 2506 Switzerland CH 1207 Paraguay PY 2524 Syrian Arab Republic SY 2824 Peru PE 2504 Taiwan Province of China TW 2922 Philippines PH 2507 Tajikistan T 2909 Pitcairn PN 2513 Tanzania United Republic TZ 2925 Poland PL 2511 Thailand TH 2907 Portugal PT 2519 Togo TG 2906 Puerto Rico PR 2517 Tokelau TK 2910 Qatar QA 2600 Tonga TO 2914 Reunion RE 2704 Trinidad and Tobago TT 2919 Romania RO 2714 Tunisia TN 2913 Russian Federation RU 2720 Turkey TR 2917 Rwanda Turkmenistan TM 2912 Saint Helena Turks and Caicos Islands TC 2902 Saint Kitts and Tuvalu TV 2921 Saint Lucia Uganda UG 3006 Saint Pierre
67. MEDIA button MEDIA on the navigation unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switch RSES is displayed on the information display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound Adjust the volume with the dial on the navigation unit V Using the Headphone Speakers A CAUTION gt For safety reasons the driver should never wear the headphones while driving Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a serious accident gt Use the headphones with the volume set at moderate level Listening at an excessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect on your hearing ability gt If the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage gt Do not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet Also do not leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature It could cause a malfunction 6 69 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE e To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 59 When the headphones are not in use turn them off e DTS formatted sound cannot be generated through the headphones Use the vehicle s speakers e If there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headp
68. Must Use the Front Seat for Children If you cannot put all children in the rear seats at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder NEVER put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat even with a seat weight sensor equipped vehicle This seat is also not set up for tethered child restraint systems put them in one of the rear seat positions set up with tether anchors Likewise the LATCH child restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger s seat and should be used in the second row seats Don t allow anyone to sleep against the side window if you have an optional side and curtain air bag it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant As children more often sleep in cars it is better to put them in the rear seat If installing the child restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable follow these instructions when using a front facing child restraint system in the front passenger s seat 2 41 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE To check if your front seats have side air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seats To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an SRS AIRBAG marking on the window pillars along the roof edge
69. Place heavy objects on the advanced key gt Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner gt Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key VVVV V NOTE Battery life is about one year Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 17 Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Advanced Key Maintenance A CAUTION gt Make sure the battery is installed with the correct pole facing upward Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR2025 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire or water gt Never deform or crush The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low The KEY indicator light green flash
70. Safety Certification Label posted on the driver s door frame High altitude operation In a high altitude operating environment a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3 to 4 per 304 m 1 000 ft of elevation In these conditions a reduction in gross vehicle weight and gross combination weight is recommended 4 12 TRAILER TOWING LOAD TABLE Because vehicle weights vary adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this Before Driving Your Mazda Towing AREA table Model Item Without Towing With Towing Package Package MAX ERONTAL aie si 2 97 m2 32 f2 4 65 m 50 2 Add trailer s weight load and hitch vehicle passengers and vehicle load i e baggage food camp gear MAX GVWR MAX TTW 907 kg 2 000 Ib 1 588 kg 3 500 1b 3 096 kg 6 826 Ib 3 777 kg 8 327 Ib MAX GCWR a a 3 201 kg 7 057 Ib 3 882 kg 8 558 1b 1 271 kg 2 802 Ib Front 37 1 307 kg 2 881 1b MAX GAWR Rear 1 390 kg 3 064 Ib 1 456 kg 3 210 1b 2 633 kg 5 805 Ib 2 733 kg 6 025 Ib TRAILER TON Tongue load Tongue load Trailer load x 100 10 to Oo U 0 GUE LOAD 15 Trailer load lel 0 DISTRIBUTION Front 60 OF TRAILER LOAD Rear 40 GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating sum of TTW vehicle weights and 2 passengers GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GVWR Gross Vehicle Weigh
71. The power liftgate opens closes electrically by operating switches in the vehicle or the buttons on the keyless entry system transmitter Refer to Keyless Entry System on page 3 13 3 30 Some models A WARNING Be sure to watch the power liftgate as it opens or closes and make sure that it closes completely Opening or closing the power liftgate while not watching it move is dangerous Because of unseen obstacles and the jam safe feature a liftgate may not close completely and if left unnoticed could result in serious injury or death if an occupant were to fall out of the vehicle Always be sure that the area around the liftgate is clear before activating it Always confirm the safety of the area around the power liftgate before operating it electrically Not checking the area around the liftgate for people before operating it using the power liftgate switch or the button on the keyless entry system is dangerous A person could become caught between the liftgate and an obstruction while it is opening electrically or between the liftgate and vehicle while it is closing electrically resulting in an accident and serious injury Always be sure the power liftgate completely closes before shifting into gear and driving the vehicle Shifting out of Park P while the liftgate is moving is dangerous The liftgate will not close completely and this could result in serious injury or death if an occupant were to fall ou
72. Vehicle ccccceescescesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseensenaeesenes 4 9 Winter Driving cscs tees a a e e e ede ee nee 4 9 Driving In Flooded Area ccecesceeccesceeseeseeeseeeeseenseeseenatenes 4 11 Overloading renien a ite deed eee eee 4 11 TOWING sccnssucscsecdsoosseucsoesssstsesnseoencsesnsinssdensoonessenedonessessvensacensceondenss 4 12 Trailer Towing Except Mexico cccesceeseesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesees 4 12 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Regular unleaded fuel 87 R M 2 method or above 91 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage A CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or f
73. Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN ios 4 Purchase date 5 Present odometer reading 6 Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 4 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an indep
74. When you should actually stay on the same road Voice guidance for the planned route may continue even after you have deviated from that route such as having turned too early In 30 right D 0m turn LA Some points where the road divides on highways or toll roads may not be displayed or announced The Intersection Zoom Map may not always agree with the actual shape of the intersection The announced distance to an upcoming turn may differ slightly from reality Asessaoeu jj 55 Asessaoeu j 56 The navigation system is just a support system for the driver The driver should always pay A attention to the traffic situation to safely make decisions You may be unable to arrive at your Warin destination due to out of date information on a map disc You should be especially careful 9 when selecting an urgent destination such as a hospital or a police station Route Search Although you may encounter the following problems in a route search there is nothing wrong with the system The guide map may It may also show roads show roads that are not A that are out of use due passable due to closure to the opening of a new i Z in winter or for other road or for other It may also show reasons roads that only permit one way traffic Destination Depending upon the shape of roundabout rotary the guide map may show a wrong exit e There may be cases w
75. Your Mazda Security System VY To Stop an Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door or the liftgate with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e With advanced key e Press a request switch e Press the unlock button on the transmitter NOTE If you have any problem with the theft deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer YW Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove box Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window 3 56 Steering Wheel AWARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident V Steering Wheel Adjustment To change the angle or length of the steering wheel 1 Stop the vehicle pull down the lock release lever under the steering column Tilt wheel release 2 Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions push the lever up to lock the column 3 Push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Mirrors V Outside Mirrors Check the
76. Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada V Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps Y STEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager V STEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 6 V STEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55
77. a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 25 Customer
78. according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Oo x O x Indicator 4 K Beep D O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated Flashing 2 Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed Driver seated Front passenger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driver O O X xX O O X x Seat belt Passenger OIXIOIXIOIX OIX Indicator A y Beep DIDID O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated Flashing d Beep Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly beca
79. again 4 5 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal f Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance AWARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling an Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow
80. an Emergency Flat Tire YV Jack To remove the jack 1 Open the cargo sub compartment 2 Remove the cover 3 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Wing bolt Jack screw To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing right and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure Wing bolt Jack screw 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Vv Spare Tire Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods Temporary spare tires should NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods A WARNING Do not install the temporary spare tire in place of a driving wheel Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the driving wheels is dangerous Especially on ice or snow Handling will be affected You could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident Move a regular tire to a driving wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the non driving wheel A CAUTION gt When using the temporary spare tire driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventi
81. and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could cause result in serious injury Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor Change the seatback angle by pressing the front or rear side of the reclining switch Release the switch at the desired position V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat The seat height can be adjusted by moving the switch up or down V Seat Position Memory Driver s Seat One touch seat position programming and call up is available on the driver s seat A CAUTION When calling up the seat position do not place your hands or fingers around the seat bottom The seat moves to the desired position automatically and if your hands or fingers are placed around the seat bottom it could cause injury Set button Programming of the driver s seat positions is possible using the following functions e Programming buttons and the set button Essential Safety Equipment Seats e Operation using the advanced key retractable type key Programmed seat positions can also be called up using the following functions e Programming buttons e Operation using the advanced key retractable type key NOTE Individual seat positions can be programmed to the number of programming buttons 3
82. and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing fuses located behind the glove compartment If an electrical system is inoperative inspect the fuses located behind the glove compartment 1 Turn off the ignition switch and other switches 2 Open the glove compartment 3 Remove the cover 4 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the fuse block located in the engine compartment 5 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install it We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the ROOM circuit A CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Turn off the ignition switch and all other switches 2 Remove the fuse block cover or the relay box cover Fuse block 8 45 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Relay box 3 If
83. and the fluid is at normal operating temperature about 65 C 150 F the level must be between Full and Low Fluid cold scale B When the engine has not been running and the outside temperature is about 20 C 70 F the fluid level should be close to but not above the bottom notch on the dipstick A CAUTION gt Use the cold scale only as a reference gt If outside temperature is lower than about 20 C 70 F start the engine and inspect the fluid level after the engine reaches operating temperature gt If the vehicle has been driven for an extended period at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather inspect the level only after stopping the engine and allowing the fluid to cool for 30 minutes Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fully insert the dipstick When adding fluid inspect with the dipstick to make sure it doesn t pass full NOTE Inspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in a well lit area for an accurate reading 8 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below
84. and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 2 59 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative case of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal A severe side A roll over near 8 ae a A tear collision collision collision roll over SRS equipment Front seat belt X both sides X both sides pretensioner Driver air x No air bag and front bag seat belt Front pretensioner will be passenger air X activated in a rear bag collision Side air bag X impact side only E Ga X impact side only X both sides X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat 2 60 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions or roll overs such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its sever
85. audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switch to change to the AUX mode NOTE e Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the volume button of the audio control switch e If the connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur 6 49 Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION gt This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed gt Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must
86. automatically Select the sort methods Select the Select EZ Sorts the police station or name from Destination the hospital by Distance the list EZH Sorts the police station or the hospital by name Bulynoy 35 Destination Entry and Route Search Before Steps MENU select KA rmm Open the Select DESTINATION MEMORY POINTS ENTRY Menu yr DESTINATION ENTRY Q Preset Destinations Pi id Coordinates W Setect prem liap inati CESCE _ ____ Preset Destination Select EFEZIE Previous Destination Select Select Intersection Select FREEWAY ON OFF RAMP Freeway On Off Ramp Select COORDINATES Coordinates CO Select from Select map 36 gt Select the desired Memory Point EY Display up to five previous suggestions EA Display the five previous suggestions g The order of the displayed list can be changed Bulynoy gt Select the desired Preset Destination gt Select the Previous Destination Select the 1st gt Select the 2nd street Direct destination street name name input ie Selectthe Select or gt Select the 1a page 40 name of the CECE desired the Be Off Ramp freeway On Ramp or the Off Ramp name gt Enter the latitude gt Enter the longitude gt Select EEG E degrees Hi minutes E seconds For Character Entry please refer to
87. available on the side of the driver s seat plus one seat position for each advanced key retractable type key used with the vehicle Operation using the seat side buttons Programming Seat position programming is possible when the vehicle is parked 1 Adjust the seat to the desired position For each seat position adjustment method refer to the following pages Seat Slide page 2 5 Seat Recline page 2 6 Height Adjustment page 2 6 2 Press the desired programming button while pressing the set button until a beep sound is heard NOTE Vehicle maintenance or other reasons requiring the vehicle battery to be disconnected will result in the seat position memory being erased In this case re program the seat positions Seat position call up With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the driver s door open press the programming button that has been programmed to the desired seat position Some models 2 7 Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE e Seat positions can also be called up with the ignition switch in the ON position or the door closed by pressing and holding the programming button that has been programmed to the desired seat position If any of the following occurs the seat position call up function cancels A seat adjustment switch is operated The vehicle is moving or starts to move The selected programming button or the set button is pres
88. band is across the entire tread Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 Y Temporary Spare Tire Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it s properly inflated and stored NOTE The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction which is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire This tire should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance Use the temporary spare tire only until the conventional tire is repaired which should be as soon as possible Except Mexico Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa 4 2 kgf cm or bar 60 psi Mexico Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa 2 5 kgf cm or bar 36 psi 8 35 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Do not use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire or a conventional tire Neither will properly fit and could damage b
89. by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water Y Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and hard
90. carry passengers and cargo If you tow a trailer follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends on proper equipment and safe driving habits Towing a trailer will affect handling braking durability performance and economy Never overload vehicle or trailer Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further details A CAUTION Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 000 km 600 miles of your new Mazda If you do you may damage the engine transaxle differential wheel bearings and other power train components V Weight Limits TTW and GCWR The total trailer weight TTW gross combination weight rating GCWR gross axle weight rating GAWR trailer load and trailer tongue load must be within the prescribed limits The total trailer weight TTW is the sum of the weights of the trailer load trailer weight plus cargo trailer hitch vehicle passengers and vehicle load Never allow the total trailer weight TTW to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing Load Table e The maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus the towing vehicle including trailer hitch vehicle passengers and load It must not exceed specifications in the load table GAWR and GVWR Don t exceed front and rear GAWR gross axle weight rating and GVWR gross vehicle weight rating If you do vehicle handling braking and performance will be affected These values are also on the Motor Vehicle
91. change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button A V will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically NOTE If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be canceled Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Interior Comfort Audio Syste
92. complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device VY Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the ACC position The security indicator light in the instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed Cp Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out 3 53 Knowing Your Mazda Security System If the engine doesn t start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the security indicator light comes on and stays on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the engine will not start e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could
93. could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning AWARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your country Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical d
94. di as it will aso them Cargo Sub Compartment Center cargo sub compartment 1 Lift the trunk board Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 2 Secure the trunk board using the straps on the third row seatbacks Side cargo sub compartment Pull the compartment s strap to open the cover Some models Vv Shopping Bag Hook The shopping bag hook can be used for hanging shopping bags A CAUTION Do not hang excessive weight on the shopping bag hook as it could be damaged 6 129 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment tensile strength 3 kg 6 6 Ib V Luggage Compartment Golf bags can be carried in the luggage compartment To carry two golf bags use the following procedure 1 Put one golf bag in the luggage compartment with its top pointing to the left 6 130 2 Put the other golf bag on top of the first bag with its top pointing to the right NOTE Some golf bags cannot fit depending on their size e Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can be carried Accessory Sockets Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Front The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position Center Rear The accessory sockets can be used regardless of the position of the ignition switch Center Interior Com
95. does not indicate a malfunction Curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident 2 64 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg 93 Ib required for air bag deployment is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg 93 b could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet gt Luggage or other i
96. doors Use them both whenever a child rides in the vehicle If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door the door cannot be opened from the inside The door can be opened only by pulling the outside handle 3 28 AWARNING Never allow a person to ride in the luggage compartment Allowing a person to ride in the luggage compartment is dangerous The person in the luggage compartment could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Do not drive with the liftgate open Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is dangerous An open liftgate in a moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn into the cabin This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous and it can cause loss of consciousness and death Moreover an open liftgate could cause occupants to fall out in an accident Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Y Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The liftgate can be locked unl
97. down Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger s ears never the passenger s neck to prevent injury V Seat Warmer The front seats are electrically heated The ignition switch must be in the ON position Press the switch to turn the seat warmer on or off When the switch is in the ON position the indicator light will come on veee S Z 2 10 Some models NOTE The seat temperature is regulated automatically by a thermostat Other than turning it on or off it cannot be adjusted Second Row Seats A WARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatback Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatback is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Sudden braking or a collision could
98. down Press the button and the settings changes in the order of L R gt L gt R The sound balance changes according to the setting L Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the left is output R Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the right is output L R Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the left right is output 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Repeat random playback Video CD DVD audio and audio CD Tracks can be played repeatedly or randomly 1 Press the DISPLAY button while in the playback to display the function menu on the monitor screen 2 Move the cursor to the repeat random playback mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 300 03 03 A L R gt 6 80 3 Select the desired mode by operating the select button up or down 1 During DVD audio Each time the button is pressed the mode changes in the order of 1 NON RPF NOF RND RNF ALL 1 ALL Repeats all tracks 1 Repeats the current track RPF Repeats all tracks in the current group NOF Stops playback after all tracks in the current group are played RND Randomly selects and plays a track from all tracks RNF Randomly selects and plays a track from the current group 2 During video CD and audio CD Each time the button is pressed the mode changes in the order of 1 NON RND ALL 1 ALL Repeats all t
99. driver s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light Beep on page 5 47 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC position with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened VY Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep page 3 16 overrides the lights on reminder V Parking Brake Reminder If the parking brake has not been completely released and the vehicle is driven at about 5 km h 3 mph or faster a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the parking brake has not been released V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep i The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds when there is any abnormality in tire inflation pressures page 5 27 V Advanced Keyless Warning Warning indicators for the advanced key such as the advanced key removed from vehicle warning use a beep sound and warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on page 3 16 Driving Your Mazda
100. e Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speed drops below 30 km h 19 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade 5 20 V To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press up on the cruise control SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Conc ON ___SETF S c OFF T SET Cruise control switch Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press down or press up on the cruise control SET SET switch and release it immediately NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed YW To Decrease Cruising Speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km
101. ejection 1 Press the CD eject button amp The disc number and DISC OUT will be displayed 2 Pull out the CD NOTE When the CD is ejected during play the next CD will be played automatically Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired CD number for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard 3 Pull out the CD Multiple ejection 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Press the CD eject button 4 again for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard NOTE If the button is not pressed and about 5 seconds have elapsed while DISC OUT is flashing CDs are automatically ejected 3 Pull out the CD then the next CD will be ejected 6 41 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE CDs will be ejected starting with the one with the lowest number All CDs in the tray will be ejected continuously CDs can be ejected when the ignition switch is off Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds and all CDs will eject Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash o
102. file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit About ID3 Tag display This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 formats Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed This unit can only display English including numerals one byte characters Use only English including numerals one byte characters when inputting ID3 tags Two byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics e Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Interior Comfort Audio System Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and c
103. force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated at the same time is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Vv Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Don t continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly V Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light mane This warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure If the light illuminates while driving 1 Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way on level ground 2 Turn off the engine and wait 5 min
104. front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them gt Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following gt Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the front passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible page 2 43 2 66 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE e The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat install the child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Y Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not t
105. h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 30 km h 19 mph If some other method besides the ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RESUME button is pressed If vehicle speed is below 30 km h 19 mph increase the vehicle speed up to 30 km h 19 mph and press the RESUME button W To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods e Pull down the ON OFF switch e Slightly depress the brake pedal 5 21 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e Press the CANCEL button The system is off when the ignition is off NOTE Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as may happen when climbing a long steep grade or below 30 km h 19 mph 5 22 Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels without causing them to spin and lose traction A WARNING Do
106. hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 2 57 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags YV Curtain Air Bags The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window In a side impact Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that side only to inflate The only one side of curtain air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of a See In a roll over In response to a vehicle roll over both the curtain air bags inflate Both curtain air bags will deploy after the roll over accident is detected 2 58 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light o Pe If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working proper
107. hours The battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees The battery life varies depending on usage conditions volume surrounding environment 6 71 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System A CAUTION gt If the battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly If any of the following occurs replace the batteries gt The power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on gt Noise is mixed with the sound gt The reception range narrows gt Periodically inspect the batteries for leakage gt If the headphones are not to be used for an extended period remove the batteries gt Be careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose gt Install the batteries with the poles correctly positioned Battery leakage could occur if they are not installed correctly gt When replacing the batteries be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them gt Be careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them The following points regarding the battery must be observed If the batteries are not handled properly it could result in a headphone malfunction gt Do not use rechargeable batteries gt When replacing the batteries replace both batteries at the same time Do not use a new battery and an old battery or the different types of battery 6 72 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System R
108. in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Low beam bulb Xenon fusion bulb You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Halogen bulbs 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Remove the attachment bolts and the coolant reservoir before replacing the light bulb Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Turn the cover counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 6 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 39 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 8 Install the coolant reservoir If you are unsure of how tight the bolts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Bolt tightening torque 6 9 11 8 0 71 2 5 1 8 7 Nm kgfm ft lbf NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Aut
109. included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 59 The cooling fan of this unit may activate if the temperature of the unit is high however this does not indicate a malfunction 6 74 Vv Basic Operation Power ON OFF Turning on the power The Rear Entertainment System automatically turns on when any of the following operations are done with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position e The display is open and a disc is inserted e The POWER button on the remote controller is pressed Turning off The Rear Entertainment System turns off when any of the following operations are done e The POWER button on the remote controller is pressed e The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e The display is closed Playback The top menu or disc menu may be displayed on the monitor screen when a disc is played From these menus the disc functions can be performed Refer to Top menu and disc menu on page 6 77 NOTE e For some discs the top menu or disc menu may be displayed automatically after playback e Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for the top menu or disc menu When no disc is inserted 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 2 Insert the disc into the disc slot After the disc is inserted the playback Starts A CAUTION Insert the disc with its label side decorated side facing upward If
110. indicator light and the TCS OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after turning the ignition switch to the ON position attempt the procedure again If this still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch pulled up and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set V BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OFF This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction Some models 5 55 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Y Light On Indicator Light z002 This indicator light comes on when the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on YV Turn Signal Hazard Warning
111. is not possible V Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed to it A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 55 NOTE The theft deterrent system operates with the advanced keyless function keyless entry system or the auxiliary key The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure all windows are completely closed and all doors and the liftgate are locked before leaving the vehicle Remember to take your advanced key Y Operation What turns it on e Forcing open a door the hood or the liftgate e Opening a door or the hood by operating an inside door lock knob or the hood release handle What it does e The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash e The alar
112. it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 69 2 70 Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System csccscssssssssees 3 2 Advanced Keys Saane ea ba aA 3 2 Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions 0ce 3 7 Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ceccecee 3 13 Advanced Key Suspend Function cccesceeseeseeeeeteeseeeeees 3 16 Warning and Beep Sounds cceccesseesseeseeteeeeeeseeeeeeseeneeesees 3 16 Setting Change Function Customization cceseeeeeees 3 19 When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated 0 0 0 0 3 20 DOOrs And LOcKS wiscs ccvssesnescassecsessiscesseesecscsssenssousssesasesesoosevseseesss 3 21 KG YS anamar e eener E E N KOENE E AN e deen 3 21 Keyless Entry System sssssseseeiieeessssserrieerssssssrrreesssesrerrn 3 22 D or LOCKS sernir A neg esas A a Meets 3 25 Liftgate dirotan tenit NEE A EE E 3 28 Power WindOWS wes onenaren KE EAE A 3 35 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap ccccnsiiicnoriirisransi 3 42 OO fcc 8 acess sets EE nto h eee E oes eee 3 43 is EAI s Ve 1 Sse ene arene eg eRe eee Mes ne
113. malfunction Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires 5 29 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specif
114. manual may differ from those on the actual display Names and Functions The navigation system can be operated by pressing a button on the panel panel button or selecting a button displayed on the screen on screen button Mazda CX 9 PusHPOWER VOL E EXECUTIVE AVE N 15TH T Nw Panel button On screen button Panel button Mazda CX 7 ISTH T NW w ud S a e Gi tu Panel button On screen button Panel button B a asp s10jog 10 1 FM AM button FM AM broadcast reception Each time the button is pressed the reception mode switches through three reception modes FM 1 gt FM 2 AM 2 SAT button SIRIUS digital satellite radio reception 3 CD button CD playback 4 MEDIA button Image and Sound playback is possible using a portable video player connected to an external input terminal Sound playback is possible using an audio player connected to an external input terminal AUX1 External sound AUX2 External image 5 LOAD EJECT button CD loading and ejection If the display is left in the lowered position for a certain period of time a beep sound is heard and the display closes automatically 6 NAVI button Display of the navigation screen and the vehicle s present location 7 MENU button Menu screen display various settings 8 RTN button 2 Button used to return to the previous screen 9 DISP button Screen brightness
115. map disc consult an Expert Dealer we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer Handling and Care of Map Discs How to hold the disc Label side Do not touch the underside of the disc Do not scratch the disc Do not bend the disc When not in use keep the disc in the case O Disc Cleaning Use a dry soft cloth to wipe from the center outward lt Right gt lt Wrong gt Do not leave discs in the following places Direct sunlight Near car heaters In dirty dusty and damp areas On seats and dashboards Contents Audio system Audio Operation Operating Tips for Audio system cceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeetees 62 Radio Reception Operating Tips for In Dash CD Changer Operating tips for MP3 CD TEXT Operating Tips for Display cccccseceseseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeteeetees 68 Beep sound and voice guidance restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda CX 9 only Power Volume Sound Controls cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenees Power ON OFF Volume adjustment Audio sound adjustment Sound quality adjustment Volume balance adjustment AudioPilot Centerpoint Rear seat optimized With Rear Entertainment System Mazda CX 9 only Surround Operating the Radio ccccceeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseteeeeeees 73 Radio ON Band selection Tuning Manual tuning Seek tuning Scan tuning Preset channel tuning Auto m
116. may not operate properly Interior Comfort Audio System CD Player COMPACT COMPACT MSE DIGITAL AUDIO C TEXT J In dash CD changer COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO Recordable ReWritable e dt dist DIGITAL AUDIO TEXT EEEE ReWritable e Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge 6 21 Interior Comfort Audio System Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly CD TEXT textual information cannot be displayed by audio units other than the In dash CD changer MP3 compatible type only Only playback is possible The following player can play MP3 files recorded in CD ROM
117. metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries V Battery Maintenance To get the best service from a battery e Keep it securely mounted e Keep the top clean and dry e Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables 8 32 Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Dif
118. mirror angles before driving Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mirror Convex type front passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface A WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror 3 57 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors 2 Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Selector switch Mirror switch N AR i XN Outside mirror After adjusting the mirror lock the control by placing the selector switch in the middle position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle ye A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident 3 58 Some models Mirror defroster To turn on the mirror defrosters turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the rear window defroster switch page 5 66 YW Rearview Mir
119. not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it gt c 2 e O xo p e 3 69 gt 2 o O ge o e 3 70 Audio sound adjustment Mazda CX 9 1 Press the desired button corresponding to one of the following modes e Audio button AUDIO Audio mode CD button CD CD mode e MEDIA button MEDIA Image and Sound playback is possible using a portable video player connected to an external input terminal The external input terminal is not equipped on your vehicle because it is not standard equipment 2 Select the SOUND on screen button to display the sound adjustment screen 3 Select the Ua on screen button to display the sound adjustment screen AudioPilot Centerpoint Rear seat optimized gt AudioPilot SURROUND LEVEL Select the ad D Centerpoint ELA on a m screen button Eaa a a Mazda CX 7 1 Press the desired button corresponding to one of the following modes e Audio button AUDIO Audio mode CD button CD CD mode MEDIA button MEDIA Image and Sound playback is possible using a portable video player connected to an external input terminal The external input terminal is not equipped on your vehicle because it is not standard
120. not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains on the front wheels only and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident A CAUTION Do not rely on the TCS to maintain constant control of the vehicle under severe or maximum handling conditions If the TCS operates frequently due to severe driving conditions the TCS may stop operating to protect the brakes from overheating After the brakes have cooled down the TCS resumes normal operation Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging so
121. of the characters Fast forward Reverse Press the track up button A to advance through a track at high speed until a beep sound is heard Press the track down button to reverse through a track at high speed until a beep sound is heard Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Press the track down button during track search to skip back to the beginning of the previous track Disc search To change the disc press any DISC on screen button during playback Folder search during MP3 CD playback To change to the previous folder select the on screen button or select the BA on screen button to advance to the next folder Music scan This feature helps to find a program by playing about the first 10 seconds of each track Press the SCAN button during play to start scan play operation the track number will flash Press the SCAN button once again to cancel scan play If the unit is left in scan normal play will resume where scan was selected Repeat play During music CD playback 1 Select the MGA on screen button during playback to play the current track repeatedly 2 Select the button again to cancel the repeat play During MP3 CD playback Track repeat 1 Select the S73 on screen button during playback to play the current track repeatedly 2 To cance
122. or idling Plug in 1 Open the cover 6 89 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Lightly insert the plug and turn the outlet 90 degrees then insert it fully POWER OUTLET O gt Unplug 1 Pull the plug out 2 Close the cover 6 90 NOTE The following electrical appliances may not operate even if their electrical capacity is 100 Wor less e Appliances requiring large amounts of power for activation such as cathode ray tube televisions refrigerators with a compressor electrical pumps and electrical tools Appliances with a power supply frequency switch function such as clocks and audio e Appliances for precise data processing such as measurement equipment Some electrical appliances other than the above may not operate The protection circuit may operate and the power supply may be stopped to prevent battery depletion When using an electrical appliance for data processing such as a personal computer back up the data frequently The power outlet AC115V cannot be used in the following cases Battery power is weak e Appliances with a capacity of 100 Wor more are used e Cabin temperature is extremely hot Noise may occur during radio or television operation depending on the electrical appliance being used V Using AV Equipment A CAUTION For safe driving adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard NOTE Before operating read the
123. or off Night The display will be presented in Night illumination mode regardless of whether the headlights are on or off Distance Distance km Miles Select the distance unit from EE or EIJ Average Speed Average Speed Change speed Set the average speed for each road to be driven This function sets the standard speed average vehicle speed for each route used for calculating the estimated arrival time when calculating the route time CHANGE AVERAGE SPEED El Average speed setting eS fg Changes back to default Road Restriction Warnings The display of warnings during route guidance when passing through areas with traffic restrictions can be turned on or off Navigation Set Up MENU select Before Steps select F 7 Q Open the Arrival Time o USER SETTINGS gt Q screen The time which is displayed until reaching the destination or a o way point can be set as an estimated arrival time or the D remaining time z Select R9 to display the estimated arrival time or Eo to Q USER SETTINGS display the remaining time ti mame Keyboard Layout Keybourd uyot Clock ABC OWE Keyboard Layout i The layout of input keys can be selected as or Ea Clock Clock On Off Allows selection of whether clock is to be displayed When the time display setting is switched on in the USER SETTINGS screen on the navigation screen the time will be displayed on the navigation SETTINGS SOUND LOAD
124. p e 3 73 ASRORI on screen button Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FM1 gt FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received STEREO will be dis played gt a o O ge O D e gt 74 Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the STEREO indicator will go out To clear the information press the NAVI button If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be canceled Manual tuning Pressing the seek tuning button will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing and holding the seek tuning button N will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the SCAN button to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the SCAN button again during this interval Preset channel t
125. page 39 37 38 Quick POI You can select one of the Six Categories on the menu or List Categories and then select the POl s to be displayed on the map Before Steps DIETI ENT Tale POI s ona MW ETe Deleting POI Markers Before Steps Showing LO I BY 1 Select ia Open the QUICK POI QUICK POI tf ft Gas Station f Grocery Store we ATH H Al Resteurants Police Station Hotel List Categories Select the categories to be displayed up toa maximum of five POI icon chart I gt page 41 For categories other than the six displayed select and select them from the list shown Search Selected PO gt EE gt Select the POI you want to find from the listed categories After you make a selection the point of interest you selected appears on the map EZA Search POI along the route during the guidance and show the list Displaying POI s on a Map gt above Display the POI gt Select the desired Select IA POI by moving on Information top of the POI icon The POI s data is The name of the selected displayed POI appears If no data is stored for the selected POI the POI name is not displayed Character Entry Select the first several characters Select your target on the screen Step 1 in the list UDRESS ADDRESS CEZIO eons rie Names of which spelling starts with the entered character appear If a desired name
126. performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side A CAUTION Limited Slip Differential system don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size gt Tires of different sizes or types at the same time gt Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Refer to System Error Activation on page 5 31 Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 31 If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator x A i T T New tread Worn tread You should replace it before the
127. plan to back up make sure nothing is in your way NOTE Engine oil engine coolant brake fluid washer fluid and other fluid levels should be inspected See Maintenance Section 8 e e e e e e e Are all doors closed and locked Is the seat adjusted properly Are the inside and outside mirrors adjusted e Is everyone s seat belt fastened e e e Check all gauges Check all warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off Always be thoroughly familiar with your Mazda Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda e Don t race the engine e Don t maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time e Don t drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops Avoid full throttle starts Don t tow a trailer e e e Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs e Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving e Avoid fast starts Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance sched
128. qt Fuel tank 76 0 L 20 1 US gal 16 7 Imp gal Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges V Dimensions Item Vehicle specification Overall length 5 074 mm 199 8 in Overall width 1 936 mm 76 2 in Overall height 1 728 mm 68 0 in Front tread 1 654 mm 65 1 in Rear tread 1 644 mm 64 7 in Wheelbase 2 875 mm 113 2 in V Weights Weight Item 2WD AWD GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2 645 kg 5 831 Ibs 2 744 kg 6 049 Ibs Front 1 276 kg 2 813 Ibs 1 307 kg 2 881 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 1 400 kg 3 086 Ibs 1 458 kg 3 214 Ibs V Air Conditioner Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a 10 5 Specifications Light Bulbs Exterior light Light bulb Category Wattage ECE R SAE High beam 60 HB3 HB3 Headlights Halogen 55 H11 Low beam Xenon fusion 35 D2S D2S Front turn signal lights 27 1156NA Front side marker lights 5 WY5W Fog lights 51 HB4 9006 Side turn signal lights LED bulb 2 26 High mount brake light 2 4 Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W 32CP Brake lights 5 4 Rear ae combination 0 7 Taillights light side Liftgate side 3 8 194 Reverse lights 21 W21W 7440 License plate lights 5 T10 Rear side marker lights 5 W5W 4CP Bulb replacem
129. remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light goes out have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately V Parking Brake Reminder If the parking brake has not been completely released and the vehicle is driven at about 5 km h 3 mph or faster a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the parking brake has not been released Vv Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is
130. restraint system is used If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags the impact of inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint V Front Passenger s Seat Child NOTE Restraint System Installation e Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be 1 Slide the seat as far back as possible able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode 5 Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Refer to Front pa
131. right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Event Data Recorder This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder In the event of a crash this device records data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer vehicles Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2007 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan July 2007 Print2 How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual
132. screen button when AudioPilot is on Select the AUDIOPILOT on screen button when AudioPilot is off Mazda CX 7 Each time the METIEN on screen button is selected the Audio Pilot turns on and off AudioPilot is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Centerpoint Centerpoint offers you the experience of 5 1 channel surround sound in your vehicle even with your conventional 2 channel sound Mazda CX 9 Select the Centerpoint on screen button when Centerpoint is on Select the Centerpoint on screen button when Centerpoint is off Mazda CX 7 When Centerpoint is on the true surround sound effect of Centerpoint can be adjusted to any one of five level between minimum and maximam enhancement Centerpoint does not work with AM FM SIRIUS AUX Centerpoint operates only with a 2 channel stereo CD Poor sound quality in the audio signal playback could result from playing highly compressed audio such as MP3 with Centerpoint operating Ifa CD or a DVD is inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit and selected as an audio source and the CD or DVD audio is 5 1 DolbyDigital DTS audio Centerpoint cannot be selected Mazda CX 9 only Centerpoint is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation gt c 2 e O ge p e 3 71 gt c a o O ge O D e gt 72 Rear seat optimized With Rear Entertainment System Mazda CX 9 only The rear seat optimized function allows passenge
133. select button to the left or right T 001 001 00 03 03 gt 1 01 a0 1 Ja DOD 3 Select ON to display the subtitles or OFF to hide them by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Display angle change DVD video and DVD audio The image can be displayed at the desired angle NOTE e Display angle change is not available for discs other than multi angle recorded DVD discs Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for details The available angles vary depending on the disc p Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Move the cursor to the display angle change mode by operating the select button to the left or right Fa T 001 c 001 f J00 03 03 gt a 01 Ja OFF 1 Ja DOD 3 Move the cursor and select the desired angle by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Sound output balance adjustment Video CD 1 Press the DISPLAY button during the video CD playback to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor to the sound output balance adjustment mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 300 03 03 JEN ALL gt 6 79 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 3 Set the sound output to the desired balance by operating the select button up or
134. side of the left rear head restraint and guided correctly through the seat belt guide Seat belt guide Y Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the tongue C 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 3 Insert the tongue C into the buckle D until you hear a click A WARNING Fastening the Center Rear Seat Belt with Only One Buckle Fastening the center rear seat belt with only one buckle is dangerous If only one pair of seat belt tongue and buckle either tongue A and anchor buckle B or tongue C and anchor buckle D is fastened the seat belt cannot provide full protection In a sudden stop or collision the user could slide under the belt and suffer serious injuries Always make sure that both pairs of seat belt tongues and buckles are fastened properly Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 2 28 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body AWARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collisio
135. sound It may cause an accident fire or electrical shock Follow the procedures in Symptoms and Actions page 6 100 and if the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Do not use if some problem has occurred If any problem occurs such as a foreign material penetration spilled liquid smoking from internal burning or other abnormal smells stop operation immediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If operation is continued it may cause an accident fire or electrical shock gt Lower the volume to minimum before turning off the power If the volume is set high loud sound will be produced when turning on the power causing auditory problems or an accident gt Adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard If the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving driving operation could be obstructed causing an accident gt Do not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed they could fall under the brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning which could obstruct driving operation and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Do not put foreign material into the disc slot It may cause a fire or malfunction gt Do not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction Some models 6 51 Interior Comfort Re
136. spare tire carrier correctly Placing the specialized temporary spare tire in the spare tire carrier wrong side up or using any tire other than the small temporary spare tire designed for use with this vehicle is dangerous It will result in poor attachment and insufficient ground clearance in the spare tire carrier and the danger of the tire falling off This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Always tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely tight and make sure the spare tire is locked in the highest position A loose spare tire carrier bolt is dangerous The cable could be cut causing the spare tire to fall off This could result in someone being seriously injured or even killed Use a lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt and make sure to tighten it until a click sound is heard A CAUTION If you hear rattling from the spare tire carrier while the vehicle is moving the spare tire carrier cable may be cut Have it repaired at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Changing a Flat Tire NOTE If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire e Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If you have a flat tire drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder o
137. specification charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may go out if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to go out If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it goes out Tires can loose a little air quite naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an
138. st MAP CONFIGURATION Map Screen E e i Turn Guidance i SENER Turn Guidance n on Turn Guidance Turn Arrow on first screen ie While using route guidance the directions for the next junction where you have to turn are shown as a Turn Arrow in the upper right Anction Detail Freeway Information ESE While using route guidance the 233 RHODE ISLAND AVE N directions for the next junction where you have to turn are shown as a Turn List While using route guidance the directions for the next junction where you have to turn are shown as Turn Arrow Before a fork in the road an enlarged diagram of the junction automatically appears in a second screen This is to make route guidance even clearer Junction Detail Junction Detail On Off Select whether the Enlarged Junction diagram screen is displayed automatically Freeway Information Freeway Information On Off Allows selection of whether the guidance screen is to be displayed while driving on a freeway I III_I_N _z x twW a Screen Names and Functions Screens Before Setting Route 1 Map Orientation control 7 1a page 29 2 GPS Global Positioning System marker ra page 54 8 3 Clock Clock will be displayed when you set up Clock on Navigation Set Up On 4 Vehicle marker 9 Shows the current position and direction of your vehicle Current Road Name Shows the name of the road you are currentl
139. system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 3 26 Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob To lock any door from the inside push the door lock knob To unlock pull it out This does not operate the other door locks To lock any door with the door lock knob from the outside push the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door This does not operate the other door locks NOTE With advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention With advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle All doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open With retractable type key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open Locking unlocking with key All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key All doors and the liftgate unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock po
140. tag selected is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 6 114 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex phone B Phone tag will temporarily override phone priorities returning to main menu Registered mobile phone deletion Registered mobile phones can be deleted individually or collectively 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones NOTE A registered mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete phone 7 Prompt Please say 1 priority 1 for XXXXX Ex phone A 2 priority 2 for XXXXX Ex phone B The voice guidance reads out each phone in the order of priority and the phone tag 8 Say Beep 2 Say the order of priority of the mobile phone to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all mobile phones 9 Prompt Removing XXXXX Ex phone B Registered phone tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted V Language setting English Spanish and Canadian French are available If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in th
141. temperature around the lens is high low e When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity e When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera e When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams If the camera picks up a high intensity light such as sunlight reflected off the vehicle body a bright belt light line may appear on the display Smear phenomenon J D D D sS fa mr fa Q 87 D o a lt O e f e 88 Rear View Monitor Operation The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the traffic road and vehicle conditions The amount of steering and the timing also varies depending on conditions so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor Images displayed on the navigation display from the rear view parking camera are reversed images mirror images 1 Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display 2 Confirming the surrounding conditions reverse the vehicle Screen display Actual view kt Pi The figure is an example showing Mazda CX 9 3 When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position the screen returns to the previous display Variance Between Ac
142. the child is seated in a child restraint system Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seats When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 45 2 37 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing Child Restraint Systems Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seats The front passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12 and with rear facing child restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags Some child restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective In your Mazda tethered child restraint systems can only be accommodated in the t
143. the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction gt c 2 e O xo p e 3 65 gt c a o O ge O D e gt 66 Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio ondemand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CDRW CD ROMs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played e ISO9660 level 1 e ISO 9660 level 2 e Joliet extended format e Romeo extended format This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames If a disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP3i MP3
144. the bulb from the socket C Reverse light Taillight 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer License plate lights 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with a flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Center Rear Luggage compartment light Courtesy lights Vanity mirror lights 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Overhead light Map lights Front Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Overhead light Center Rear 8 43 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Vanity mirror lights s is aJ yeI c a 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 44 Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system
145. the current vehicle position even where GPS signals may be blocked Using a spare tire in place of the regular one may cause vehicle position deviations Any difference between the direction which your vehicle actually travels and that shown on the map is automatically eliminated by azimuth correction 54 Precautions System Performance Positioning Accuracy In the following situations your vehicle position may not be displayed correctly on the map But as you keep driving your vehicle position will be automatically corrected utilizing map matching and GPS data Running on an elevated road straight road Making a turn after driving on a long mountain road road Running on a steep Running on a spiral Entering an intersection where a road branches off at a small angle Running on gridiron Running ona layout of roads tire chains slippery road with Snaking on a wide road When your vehicle After getting off a is on a turntable with the ignition ferryboat or vehicle train turned off Route Guide Although you may encounter the following problems in route guide there is nothing wrong with the system 8e be 6 Left turn ahead In 300 m right turn For certain intersection shapes the upcoming turn or the name of the intersection may not be announced For certain intersection shapes you may be prompted to turn right or left
146. the driver that the advanced key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens the doors and the liftgate lock but the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily suspended Perform the following procedure to restore the functions of the advanced key page 3 16 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Setting Change Function Customization The following function settings are possible These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 30 seconds Setting Function At Initial Setting ei euOg Change Advanced key battery KEY indicator light green flashes to indicate 3 dead indicator that the advanced key battery power is low Activated Deactivated Lock unlock operation A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors or confirmation beep the liftgate have been locked unlocked Activated Deactivated sound When all doors and the liftgate are closed and the advanced key is being carried and out of operational range all the doors and the liftgate Autolock function automatically lock after 3 seconds Deactivated Activated 1 When the autolock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting 2 When Autolock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close bef
147. the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator Mi New tread Worn tread ee RA cies ae You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 V Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking 9 33 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detec
148. there is a system malfunction 5 50 Some models A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the
149. to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONSs and NOTEs in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda 7 Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Drivin
150. to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light comes on This is due to a weak battery not a malfunction Recharge the battery V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may turn the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on at the same time The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated at the same time is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances YW Brake Assist During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the bra
151. to the child 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not install a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child If installing a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable move the front passenger seat as back as possible P Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors Even with front passenger seat weight sensors if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child gt The total seated weight of the child with the child restraint system on the front passenger seat is approximately 30 kg 66 Ib or more with a child in the child restraint system gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt ree passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spi
152. two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasona ble protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment gener ates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation gt c 2 e O ge p e 3 83 MEMO an Audio Operation 84 Contents Rear View Monitor Rear View Monitor Rear View Monitor Cautions ccccceeesseeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeseseeeeseaaes 86 Rear View Parking Camera Location cccceseeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 86 Switching to the Rear View Monitor Display eeeeeeeeeees 87 Displayable Range on the Screen ccceseceeeeeteeeeeeseeeeeeees 87 Rear View Monitor Operation ccccecccceeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeenees 88 Variance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image 89 JOWUOP MOIA 13H Rear View Monitor Rear View Monitor Cautions The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when r
153. under off road conditions In addition utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles RSC might help if you get into trouble but then it might not be able to allow you to fully recover always drive carefully with the vehicle s height in mind Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded by lowering vehicle speed and applying the brakes earlier Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a high center of gravity is different when it is loaded compared to when it is not and could result in the loss of vehicle control and an accident 4 8 Vv Emergency Maneuvering A WARNING Do not perform abrupt maneuvers when driving the vehicle in an emergency situation Performing abrupt maneuvers even when driving in an emergency situation is dangerous as it could reduce vehicle stability and operability resulting in an accident Operate the accelerator pedal brake pedal and the steering wheel smoothly Rocking the Vehicle AWARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause Serious injuries A CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle failure and tire da
154. washing the inside rear window use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the antenna Interior Comfort Audio System Operating Tips for Audio System A WARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle CAUTION gt For the purposes of safe driving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle gt Do not install non genuine speakers since their vibration may affect the DSC RSC sensors NOTE Do not use the audio for long periods of time while the engine is off Otherwise the battery could go dead e Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged Interior Comfort Audio System Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce o
155. when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions e Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system e Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high e Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotation such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface If the AWD warning light illuminates If the AWD warning light illuminates contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the AWD warning light flashes Park the vehicle in a safe place After a few moments if the warning light stops flashing you can resume driving If the light does not stop flashing contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 49 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Never spin a wheel that is off the ground Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating oil leakage and a fire V Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when
156. 0 2 Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST by operating the select button 3 Press the ENTER button to change the display from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX 4 Move the cursor to the desired playlist file by operating the select button up or down 5 Press the ENTER button Playback starts in the order programmed in the playlist file NOTE The loading time after pressing the ENTER button may be longer depending on the disc V Initial Setting Function The settings set in the initial setting function remain after the unit is turned off or the disc is changed The following items can be set in the initial setting Lang Sound and subtitle setting Rating Parental lock setting Mark On Screen Mark Angle Mark and Mode Priority settings Audio Audio DRC setting Aspect Not available Displaving selecting the initial setting function menu 1 Press the SET UP button while the disc is not being played to display the initial setting function menu on the monitor screen NOTE The initial setting can be performed with no disc inserted After setting the initial setting the playback starts from the first chapter track Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English POther x kk lt q Japanese English Other x ex lt q Sub Title Japanese Language English Other kxex lt q Menu Language Audio Language 2 Move the cursor to the desired menu by operating the select button up down or left right Interior Co
157. 11 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda New Vehicle Limited Warranty Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty Canada only Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty U S A only e Emission Defect Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty California Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Control Warranty Canada only Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda e o o o e o o o 9 12 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States and Canada Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States its territories and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside these areas You may have these problems if you do e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and repla
158. 224 256 320 Bit rate kbps MPEG2 2 5 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 kbps VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Joint stereo Dual channel Monaural ID3 tag Ver 1 0 Ver 1 1 title artist name album name e This unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3 format 6 56 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e This unit corresponds to multi session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49 sessions Some data on multi session recorded discs cannot be played Playback of discs with added sessions is possible Packet Write recorded discs cannot be played This unit does not correspond to MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF style MP3 formats The maximum number of characters available for a file name is as follows however the displayable number of characters on this unit is limited Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file exten sion 1S09660 level 1 12 1S09660 level 2 31 Joliet extended format 64 Romeo extended format 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available MP3 A CAUTION This unit plays files with the mp3 file extension as a MP3 file Do not use the MP3 file extension for files other than MP3 files It may cause noise or a malfunction In a MP3 file the track name artist name alb
159. 4 Algeria Central African Republic CF 1205 American Samoa Chad TD 2903 Andorra Chile CL 1211 Angola China CN 1213 Anguilla Christmas Island CX 1223 Antarctica Cocos Keeling Islands CC 1202 Antigua and Barbuda Colombia CO 1214 Argentina Comoros KM 2012 Armenia Congo CG 1206 Aruba ongo The Democratic Australia Rae of the ep 1293 Austria Cook Islands CK 1210 Azerbaijan Costa Rica CR 1217 Bahamas Cote D Ivoire CI 1208 Bahrain Croatia Hrvatska HR 1717 Bangladesh Cuba CU 1220 Barbados Cyprus CY 1224 Belarus Czech Republic CZ 1225 Belgium Denmark DK 1310 Belize Djibouti DJ 1309 Benin Dominica DM 1312 Bermuda Dominican Republic DO 1314 Bhutan East Timor TP 2915 Bolivia Ecuador EC 1402 Bosnia and Herzegovina Egypt EG 1406 Botswana El Salvador SV 2821 Bouvet Island Equatorial Guinea GQ 1616 Brazil Eritrea ER 1417 British Indian Ocean Estonia EE 1404 Territory Ethiopia ET 1419 Brunei Falkland Islands Malvinas FK 1510 Bulgaria Faroe Islands FO 1514 Burkina Faso Fiji FJ 1509 Burundi BI 1108 Finland FI 1508 Cambodia KH 2007 France FR 1517 Cameroon CM 1212 French Guiana GF 1605 Canada CA 1200 French PF 2505 6 94 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code Country Code French Southern Territories TF 2905 Lao People s
160. 55 90D 18 420KPA 60PSI INFORMATION 9 36 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada CARGO Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 lbs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 kg 150 Ibs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 lbs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 9 37 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on t
161. 9 Powertrain malfunction reduced POWERS entr EEES 5 46 Seat beltsccsscncnsnstcsieenen 5 47 Tire pressure monitoring SYSLEM 5 25 ar Nat eee aks 5 50 Waitanty occ18 donde teem Sasteteass 9 12 Washer Fluid n se 8 26 Weights ccccescesseeseeeseeeeseseseeseeees 10 5 Wheel Replacement c cee 8 36 Windows Power windows s es 3 35 Windshield Washer sseseeeeees 5 65 Windshield Wipers ccceeeees 5 63 Blades replacement 8 27 Winter Driving ceceeeeseeseeeeteees 4 9 11 7 11 8 NAVIGATION Preparation Stier See page 4 for specific information SYSTE M Immediate use Getting started See page 4 for specific information Routing Advanced use Address See page 5 for specific information Book Voice Recognition Volume Adjustment If necessary If See page 5 for specific information necessary Audio System See page 61 for specific information Rear View Monitor Rear View See page 85 for specific information Monitor Bluetooth Hands Free sitter See page 91 for specific information MLEW CAH 2007 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan July 2007 Print1 Accessories Please contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you are missing the following accessory Map Disc CAUTION THIS PRODUCT IS A CLASS I LASER PRODUCT HOWEVER THIS PRODUCT USES A VISIBLE INVISIBLE LASER BEAM WHICH COULD CAUSE HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF D
162. AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transaxle is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality Y Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever 5 12 NOTE e When the ignition switch is in the LOCK position the shift lever cannot be shifted from P e To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P e With Advanced Key The ignition switch cannot be turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position when the shift lever is not in P Y Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transaxle when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE If you change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to M1 Indicators Shift position indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates Shift position i
163. BDEF KLORSTABDEFIK Track down button aes Sues Scan button fei i a EA mec Disc on screen button HAAN on screen button EENIA on screen button Folder search on screen button Inserting the CD The display must be open lowered to insert the CD The CD must be label side up when inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digi tal signals on the CD IN is displayed on the tray number for a CD that is inserted During CD playback The disc title the track title and the artist name will be displayed During MP3 CD playback The album title the track title the folder name the file number and the artist name will be dis played The CD will begin playback automatically after insertion A CD cannot be inserted while the cee reads WAIT ool eo ee Single disc Press LOAD or EJECT All discs Press and hold LOAD or EJECT Specific disc Press disc number s then press LOAD EJECT Normal insertion 1 Press the LOAD EJECT button 2 Press the ML on screen button lightly The display opens and WAIT is displayed 3 Lightly insert the CD after IN is displayed The CD will be inserted and played automatically after the display is closed A CD cannot be inserted while WAIT is displayed Wait until IN is displayed The CD loading operation cancels 15 sec
164. Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 888 555 1212 must be called out Fight eight eight five five five one two one two Explanation Command 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 962 7305 11 531 742 9860 12 632 807 4591 13 800 222 5015 14 888 555 1212 15 0123456789 16 55 66 77 88 99 17 44 33 22 11 00 18 Call 293 5804 19 Call 350 20 Call 1 234 567 8901 21 Dial 639 1542 22 Dial 780 23 Dial 987 654 3210 24 1058 3794 Send 25 27643 43214 Send 26 27 Continue 28 Emergency 29 30 31 Home Work Mobile Pager 32 List Names 33 No 34 Phonebook Delete 35 Phonebook New Entry 36 Previous 37 Phonebook Erase All 38 Redial 6 117 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Explanation Command 39 Retrain 40 Setup Confirmation Prompts 41 Setup Language 42 Setup Pairing Options 43 Pair A Phone 44 Transfer Call 45 Yes NOTE After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu is announced Y DTMF dial tone multi frequency signal transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back acco
165. Democratic LA 2100 Gabon GA 1600 Latvia LV 2121 Gambia GM 1612 Lebanon LB 2101 Georgia GE 1604 Lesotho LS 2118 Germany DE 1304 Liberia LR 2117 Ghana GH 1607 Libyan Arab Jamahiriya LY 2124 Gibraltar GI 1608 Liechtenstein LI 2108 Greece GR 1617 Lithuania LT 2119 Greenland GL 1611 Luxembourg LU 2120 Grenada GD 1603 Macau MO 2214 Guadeloupe GP 1615 Macedonia the Former MK 2210 Guam GU 1620 Yugoslav Republic of Guatemala GT 1619 Madagascar MG 2206 Guinea GN 1613 Malawi MW 2222 Guinea Bissau GW 1622 Malaysia MY 2224 Guyana GY 1624 Maldives MV 2221 Haiti HT 1719 Mali ML 2211 Heard and McDonald Islands HM 1712 Malta MT 2219 Holy See Vatican City State VA 3100 Marshall Islands MH 2207 Honduras HN 1713 Martinique MQ 2216 Hong Kong HK 1710 Mauritania MR 2217 Hungary HU 1720 Mauritius MU 2220 Iceland IS 1818 Mayotte YT 3419 India IN 1813 Mexico MX 2223 Indonesia ID 1803 Micronesia Federated States FM 1512 Iran Islamic Republic of IR 1817 Moldova Republic MD 2203 Iraq IQ 1816 Monaco MC 2202 Ireland IE 1804 Mongolia MN 2213 Israel IL 1811 Montserrat MS 2218 Italy IT 1819 Morocco MA 2200 Jamaica JM 1912 Mozambique MZ 2225 Japan JP 1915 Myanmar Burma MM 2212 Jordan JO 1914 Namibia NA 2300 Kazakstan KZ 2025 Nauru NR 2317 Kenya KE 2004 Nepal NP 2315 Kiribati KI 2008 Netherlands NL 2311 Korea North Democratic a ae Netherlands Antilles AN 1013 People s Republic New Caledonia NC 2302 Korea South Republic of KR 2017 New Zealand NZ 2325 Kuwait
166. ETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES e TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE 9 26 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the diagram below AS OY My 88 09 or 2 GY 1 Temporary tires 2 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 3 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 4 Diagonal 5 Rim diameter code 6 Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA us 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 27 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada 70 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the
167. Headphone Power button Volume dial R right side 6 62 Infrared receiver Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Before Operation V Display Opening Closing A CAUTION gt Close the display while the Rear Entertainment System is not in use If the display is left open a passenger could be injured by hitting the display or the display could be damaged gt Do not press the monitor screen while opening the display It may cause a malfunction Opening the display Press the monitor screen release knob and open the display until it is in the lock position Monitor screen Vie release knob Closing the display Close and press the display until a clicking sound can be heard NOTE e If the display is closed while the power is on it automatically turns off The display locks in two positions when opened to 100 or 120 degrees V Disc Insertion Ejection A CAUTION If the signal surface of a disc is touched it could cause the sound to skip Pick up a disc by grasping the edge of the hole and the outer edge NOTE When no disc is inserted No Disc is displayed on the monitor No Disc DISC 6 63 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Inserting the disc Insert the disc into the disc slot with the label side up Disc slot A CAUTION Insert the disc with its label side decorated side facing upward If the disc is inserted upside down it may
168. IRECTED BE SURE TO OPERATE THIS PRODUCT CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR YOURSELF REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL Laser products Wavelength 650 nm Laser power No hazardous radiation is emitted with safety protection MEMO Contents Preparation Before Use Accessories Laser products Contents 00000 Safety Information Introduction seie E enaa e a a colette e E e Product Use Safety Navigation System Beep sound and voice guidance restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda CX 9 only Screens Names and FUnCtOns aiar eae a aaae ddl diac 9 Immediate use Getting started Vae AVE NULO A KRAE NEE E E E E E A A 12 Removing the Map Disc On screen Buttons Set COCK i srer aneen a athe e e e 14 Navigation Set Up sssesssessrsssressrssnnssnnstnnsrnerrnetnnetnnsennnennnennnennnnnnt 15 Language Calibration User Setting Quick POI Selection Restore System Defaults Map Configuration Screen Names and Functions cccsscccccceesssssseeeeeeeesssssneeeees 25 Screens Before Setting Route Screens During Route Guidance Menu Screen adjustments beep alert and other settings Screen CHANGE sais essteeeeca ian pitta nae nnn teat 29 Chang
169. Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM e EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAM
170. K Memory Point Confirmation and Modification Preset Destinations or Home Storage Memory Point Deletion All Memory Point Deletion DIET o EWE Icons at Memory Points Show all icon Or Set a memory point using your preferred method Select a memory Ew Allows the display icon to be point to be selected Page 1 and 2 contain dified standard icons whereas the modi With Sound page contains icons which also playback sounds With direction icon function The beep alert only activates when the vehicle approaches to within about 500m of the memory point from the set direction HE Allows the name to be changed When editing has been completed select EEJ Furthermore select Em to display names on the map or EA if these names are not to be displayed EZEN Allows memory points to be gt EK checked and modified on the map screen After checking SMM Allows the telephone number to be modified When editing has been completed select EEJ yoog ssoippy Selecta memory gt gt BE cnanges the category to Allows the storage reset Destinations point to be stored category to be in Preset changed Select the MENEE Changes the category to Destinations or button corresponding Home to the new category Home _____ Selecta memory gt point tobe HE Cancel the deletion deleted HE Cancel the deletion 47 yoog sseippy S 48 Addr
171. Loom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the
172. M transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup s gt To ly ed ens che Interior Comfort Audio System Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 1 Station 2 88 1 MHz 6 19 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating Tips for CD Player In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear
173. MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames e This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions e This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz e This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless to insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 128 kbps or more Interior Comfort Audio System e Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded e Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit e This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats 6 23 Interior Comfort Audio System About folders and files e The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep The arrangement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows e File number A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep e Folder number A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skip
174. Music CD Track number Elapsed lt time 4 Disc tray number 4 File name Album name 4 Artist name Aa MP3 CD Disc number File lt number Elapsed time 4 Disc tray number 4 Folder number Track number 4 File name 4 Folder name 4 Album name ID3 Tag 4 Song name ID3 Tag 4 Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE MP3 CD This unit can only read English including numerals one byte characters Depending on the CD writing software used proper display may not be possible 6 43 Interior Comfort Audio System Display scroll MP3 compatible type Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title turn the display feed dial TEXT to the right Hidden titles can be scrolled into the display one character at a time NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack You can connect portable audio units or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers refer to Auxiliary Inp
175. NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eoeeeeeeee Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R R JRYIRI R I RI RIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R R IRIR RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant EL22 type 60 000 km or 3 yes es Others R R R FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses Te I I Hoses and tubes for emission r i I Fuel filter R R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ba
176. OFF or ALC LEVEL1 3 modes The selected mode will be indicated Ee cee ALC LEU IEL 1 ALC LEVEL vw 4 ALC LEVEL Z AudioPilot Bose Sound System equipped model AudioPilot automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality in accordance with the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AudioPilot is turned ON the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise AudioPilot is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Centerpoint Bose Sound System equipped model Centerpoint offers you the experience of 5 1 channel surround sound in your vehicle even with your conventional 2 channel stereo DVDs inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit or 2 channel stereo CDs The true surround sound effect of Centerpoint can be adjusted to any one of five level between minimum and maximum enhancement Indication Enhance level Minimum CENTERPT MIN CENTERPT LOW Low CENTERPT MID Medium CENTERPT HI High CENTERPT MAX Maximum 1 Turn the audio control dial and select CENTERPT ON 2 Press the audio control dial and select the surround effect mode Interior Comfort Audio System 3 Turn the audio control dial to select CENTERPT MIN MAX mode The selected mode will be indicated CENTERPT MIN
177. Operation Using Advanced Key Functions Keyless Entry System This system uses the more traditional key buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and the liftgate and opens the power windows and the moonroof It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions e The system does not operate when the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position or the start knob is pushed in With the start knob installed in the LOCK position the system is fully operational If the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position or the start knob is pushed in the system does not operate e All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while any door or the liftgate is open The hazard warning lights will also not flash e If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 5 Transmitter with power liftgate Lock button Panic button Unlock button Power liftgate button without power liftgate Lock button Panic button Unlock button 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the
178. R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after ype that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD R Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L 8 4 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first 3 Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 375 45 52 5 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks Use FL22 t
179. RPTROM AUTOM pani e A ah IK x PAE f madai Microphone The microphone is used for inputting voice commands or exchanging conversation Microphone Audio unit Navigation system The audio unit or navigation system is used for adjusting the volume 6 104 If the Bluetooth Hands Free is operated information such as radio wave reception conditions of the Bluetooth Hands Free are displayed on the screen With navigation system PUSHPOWER VOL a Bluetooth Hands Free information V Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Call out the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position e Close the windows and or the moonroof to shut out loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate control system while the Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorate under the following conditions e A passenger is speaking e Driving with the window and or the moonroof open Driving on bumpy roads e Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Co
180. Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them and sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous The side and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expand along the door on the side the car is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning agains
181. Reece i a page 2 50 3 Seat Delt srren esha ade eee EER page 2 18 Rear entertainment System ccccecccscesesseseeseeseeseeseeseeseeesecsecseesecsecseeseeseeseeees page 6 51 S Centericonsoleiersc262 sess sidesie ied eshen ivi asanlevdi dave Nove iin eee page 6 128 Remote fuel filler lid release oo ccccccccsseseessesseseeseeseeseeeeeecsecseesecsecseeseeseeseeeens page 3 42 Cup hold ersis ic cchesccc30ehssecitivese AA page 6 125 SUL o EEA EEE AE A AAE A E page 6 120 O Moonroof Switches sensei ain aE E E ENEE E E A page 3 45 OD Overhead Console sicrie inniinn eana EE EER page 6 127 PD Rearview Minor ii s 60 kG inn E R aie nen ss page 3 58 C2 Vanni yO EAE E AEA terete ate page 6 120 Eroni Seats ci d ctt vad ch vee nel tetin iin Aad desde en ete ees page 2 2 4 Climate control system Rear ccccccessecessssessseeseeeeseseeseseeseeseseeseseeecseeeeseeeesees page 6 14 O Second TOW seat i20 23 20 eei biased are enie ani ned damien page 2 11 4D Thitd row Seat ecesna T E de eeersine page 2 16 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Front page 3 43 Windshield wiper blades cccccesscsssesseseeseeseeseeseeeeeecseesecsecseesecseeseeseseeeaeeens page 8 27 O Moont of enra ec ae titer ieee ee ee ee es eS page 3 44 DOOt 1OCK sin Rok einne hraa Sects th ate ta at Mi erent Rods th Shelve ats page 3 26 6
182. ST NEW YORK AVE NW O 2miles H IISTI 0 i miles FST NW 5 Auoid Street 0 10 Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving Minimize the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system Warning Select EZ or Erg for toll roads major roads ferry and restricted roads The route will not necessarily follow the specified conditions Select Move to location and then Change select Ea Location Shows the map for the destination way points Press E E3 to change the Ew order NAVI WAV om Bunnoy Select gt ve NAVI HG Cancel the deletion BLES EES EN a Searches the detour routes at one three and five miles from the present position to the selected routes Display range varies according to the set distance of the selected route Whole Route searches the route that detours from the present position for all routes Select ET from gt E gt NAVI Puce the roads to be NAVI avoided HG Cancel the setting 43 44 Route Options Before Steps MENU select
183. Seat Belt Systems YV Stowing and pulling out the Center Rear Position Seat Belt The center rear position seat belt can be stowed using the following procedure A CAUTION When stowing the seat belt make sure the belt is locked securely into the recess If the seat belt is not properly stowed it might get caught in the seats and be damaged To stow the seat belt retract the belt put tongues A and C together and insert each tongue into the respective ceiling recess Insert the tongues until you hear a click Ceiling recess 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems To pull out the seat belt press the area indicated in the figure upward with your finger and slide the belt forward Then slowly pull out the seat belt from the ceiling recess NOTE Pulling out the seat belt all the way out will switch it to automatic locking mode If automatic locking mode is not needed retract the seat belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode 2 30 Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the s
184. Set Up This function replaces all the settings in the mobile navigation system with the initial default settings MENU select Before Steps select Open the SYSTEM DEFAULTS screen SYSTEM DEFAULTS Select Ew Syrien dhall will be restores Pem ss andore for mare Plgrmabion on system setaatr peyejs Buma If you execute Restore System Defaults all of your stored setting data will be deleted Default List Item Initial condition Menu names Map Orientation North up Map display mode Single screen display Map Display scale Map scale for Dual screen is not object of backup Single screen 10 000 map 1 16 mi Display guidance language English Quick POI map display All Off Quick POI Selection A Gas station B ATM C Police Station D Grocery store E All Restaurant F Hotel Search Area US9 including Washington DC Map Color 1 Day Night Auto Setting Auto Distance Units Miles KM Global setting Miles Volume Presets 4 Time display change 12h 24h 24h Keyboard layout ABC Arrival Time Time Navigation Setup Clock Off Navigation Setup Beep On Map Configuration Freeway Information Off Junction Detail ON Map screen Single Turn Guidance Screen Turn List 23 peyie s 6ulj95 24 Navigation Set Up MENU select Before Steps select Open the Map Screen MAP Select single or dual map display CONFIGURATION Single map Dual map screen w Araho
185. The VOICE switch is operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority V Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume pull up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch CO SS Vv Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio gt FM2 radio gt AM radio gt CD player or CD changer gt SIRIUS 1 gt SIRIUS2 gt SIRIUS3 gt RSES or AUX gt cyclical CD A 5 g NOTE CD CD changer RSES and SIRIUS digital satellite radio modes cannot be selected in the following cases CD CD changer RSES or SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is not equipped on the audio system e CD has not been inserted Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 48 The audio source is changed to the AUX mode only when a commercially available portable audio unit is connected to the auxiliary jack Interior Comfort Audio System Y Seek Switch CoO 3 When listening to the radio Pull up or press down the seek switch the radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6
186. Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Some models 5 57 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control Headlights ithout AUTO position Type A Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off Switch Position OFF oO Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination NOTE e If the light switch is left on the lights will automatically switch off if equipped approximately 30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position To prevent discharging the battery don t leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them 5 58 Type B With AUTO position AUTO OFF Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off Switch Position OFF D AUTO Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Auto Side marker Off On On lights Dashboard illumination NOTE If the light switch is left on the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position To prevent discharging the battery don t leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them AUTO Auto light control Wh
187. X 9 Mazda CX 7 Voice Recognition Structure VOICE switch on the steering wheel switch Use for switching to voice recognition or canceling VOICE Switch Set up the language in advance 1 Press MENU select gt Language Select select gt select uoINUBODaY 3910A 3 Select your preferred language from the list To return to current position screen press NAVI Press VOICE switch on the steering wheel switch Basic WEET Speak the desired voice command Pattern p Cancel Long press VOICE switch on the steering wheel switch Voice Press it more than 0 7 second Recognition 50 Avoiding Voice Recognition Errors Read the notes listed below to allow the Voice Recognition function to recognize your voice properly Speak a voice command clearly Keep yourself in a safe driving position Do not face or approach the microphone to make your voice command recognizable Voice recognition may fail to recognize your command due to voice tone If this happens change the tone of your voice by speaking more loudly and clearly Keep the inside of the vehicle quiet when making a voice command Your command may be compromised by noises made by people blinkers the horn vehicle vibration and noises from outside the vehicle Use the language you selected in voice recognition Please be aware that the voice recognition may error or not function despite following the above points VOICE switch cannot be u
188. XXxX Ex Phone A phone B phone C The voice guidance reads out the phone tags registered to the phone book Press the phone button during the read out at the desired phone and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Select Registers the mobile phone when the phone button was pressed 6 113 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free e Continue Continues the voice guidance e Delete Deletes the registered mobile phone e Previous Returns to the previous mobile phone 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Prompt Returning to main menu Mobile phone selection This function is for switching to a different mobile phone which has been registered beforehand The selected mobile phone will remain in effect until the ignition switch is turned off 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say 1 priority 1 for XXXXX Ex phone A 2 priority 2 for XXXXX Ex phone B 6 Say Beep 2 Say the priority number for the mobile phone to be used as first priority 7 Prompt XXXXxX Ex phone B Registered phone
189. Your Mazda Towing A WARNING Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from crosswinds rough roads or other causes resulting in loss of control and a serious accident Examine all trailer hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose If the hitch is removed seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust dust water dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in possibly endangering personal safety and damaging your vehicle Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper s performance Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any mounting bolts are connected to the body Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous Exhaust gas entering the vehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death When mounting the trailer hitch make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust system CAUTION gt Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads Don t load and unload vehicle while adjusting hitch This action will change the vehicle height gt Don t use an axle mounted hitch This may damage the axle and related parts YW Tires When towing a trailer make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold tire pressure as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver s door frame Trailer tire size load rating and inflation pres
190. Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Low Fuel Warning Light aay _ lt i Low fuel i warning light oa This warning light in the fuel gauge signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible V Check Fuel Cap Warning Light S This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates while driving the fuel filler cap may not be installed properly Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel filler cap Refer to the fuel filler cap on page 3 42 V Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Conditions of operation switch is turned to the ON position Condition Result The driver s seat belt is not The warning light fastened when the ignition flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The driver s seat belt is fastened before the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Belt minder NOTE The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard The belt minder can be deactivated Consult an A
191. a Starting and Driving Y BSM OFF Switch When the BSM switch is pressed the BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF indicator light illuminates Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn on the BSM system The BSM OFF indicator light turns off NOTE The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer e If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position with the BSM system turned off the system becomes operable automatically when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position 5 36 Y Care of Radar Sensors The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper Radar sensors Always keep the bumper surface near the radar sensor area clean so that the BSM system operates normally Refer to the Exterior Care page 8 54 NOTE The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the radar sensors cannot operate normally If the light remains flashing after cleaning the bumper surface near the radar sensor area consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges When the ignition switch is in the ON position the dashboard gauges illuminate GQ Speedometer sic res a ELEN EA ERE R E Ra page 5 38 Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Sel
192. ab in the direction of the arrow until a click sound is heard NOTE If the remote controller is inoperable even after the batteries are replaced consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 68 A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the correct pole pointing in the correct direction Battery leakage could occur if they are not installed correctly gt When replacing the batteries be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the remote controller as it could be damaged Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Sound Output VY Sound Output from Vehicle Speakers Vehicles with audio system Change the audio system to the Rear Entertainment System mode Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers For audio operation refer to Audio System page 6 17 Press the MEDIA button MEDIA on the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switch RSES is displayed on the information display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit Vehicles with navigation system Change the navigation system to the Rear Entertainment System mode Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers For navigation system operation refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM Press the
193. able language in the instruction manual disc accompanying the disc changed Display 7 F angle cannot Multiple angles are not recorded on the Check the available angle in the instruction manual be changed disc accompanying the disc The remote controller is not pointed Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit toward the receiver on the unit The receiver is near the disc slot Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction so Remote There is an obstruction betwe en the that the signal reaches the receiver on the unit The _ remote controller and the unit h f controller is receiver is near the disc slot inoperable The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones weak Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 67 Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction pointed in the wrong direction Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 67 No power to the headphones Turn on the power to the headphones The headphones optical receiver is not Point the headphones optical receiver towards the main pointed towards the main unit s unit s transmitter The main unit s transmitter is located transmitter near the disc insertion area There is an obstruction between the Avoid the obsttuction headphones and the main unit No audio The headphones batteries are depleted Replace the batteries with new ones output from The headphones batteries have not been
194. accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 50 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Rear Entertainment System V Rear Entertainment System Outline The Rear Entertainment System has a 9 0 inch wide LCD as well as DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD and MP3 WMA CD playback functions Moreover the system is equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound and AV equipment such as a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitor screen Y Proper Operation of Rear Entertainment System For safe driving read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation and use the system properly A WARNING gt Do not disassemble or modify this unit It may cause an accident fire or electrical shock gt Do not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or
195. accident NOTE e When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down depending on vehicle speed During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed 5 14 Second gear fixed mode When the shift lever is tapped back while the vehicle is stopped the transaxle is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier starting and driving on slippery roads If the shift lever is tapped back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled Shifting specification Shifting up If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted up to a higher gear Gear Vehicle speed M1I gt M2 You can shift up to M2 whether the vehicle is stopped or moving M2 gt M3 15 km h 10 mph M3 M4 29 km h 19 mph M4 M5 40 km h 25 mph M5 M6 50 km h 32 mph Shifting down If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted down to a lower gear Gear Vehicle speed M6 M5 230 km h 142 mph M5 M4 201 km h 124 mph M4 gt M3 150 km h 93 mph M3 gt M2 96 km h 59 mph M2 M1 49 km h 30 mph During deceleration the gears shift down automatical
196. acted when not in use The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user but it will lock in position during a collision Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2 20 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode retractor In addition to the emergency locking mode function this belt has retractors that operate in another mode the automatic locking mode for the child restraint system Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2 21 Refer to Installing Child Restraint Systems on page 2 38 We recommend you put all children in the rear seats if you must use the front passenger seat for a child slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child restraint system is secured properly 2 18 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death
197. affect handling and result in an accident When you check the regular tires air pressure check the spare tire too NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 29 NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly 7 13 In Case of an Emergency Overheating If the temperature gauge indicates overheating the vehicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING er 3 Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured w4 mi Y Do not remove either cooling system caps when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If the temperature gauge indicates overheating 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and
198. age 6 108 Vv Mute The microphone can be muted during a call 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted 6 110 Transferring a call Transferring a call from the Hands Free system to a mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a mobile phone 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone Transferring a call from a mobile phone to the Hands Free system Communication between mobile phones can be switched to the Bluetooth Hands Free system 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive and incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call e Press the phone button Short press NOTE To refuse an incoming call press the phone button Long press e After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done e Press the phone button Short press Ending the current call
199. age 3 19 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when all doors and the liftgate are closed while the advanced key is being carried All doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 30 seconds If you are out of the operational range before the doors and the liftgate are completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that all doors and the liftgate are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle e Auto re lock function After unlocking doors and the liftgate by pressing the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door or the liftgate is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pushed V Starting the Engine Ignition switch positions Without a traditional key some of the ignition switch functions are different Start knob LOCK Released The steering wheel locks to help protect against theft LOCK Depressed The ignition switch can be turned to th
200. aging the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Don t allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic
201. ailures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly gt Never add fuel system additives Never add cleaning agents other than those specified by Mazda Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty e Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol e Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol e Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements A WARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerou
202. al computer e A current converter device such as a DC AC converter e When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicle especially around the wheels e When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted e When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed e When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls e When using tire chains Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YW Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Tire pressure sensor ID signal code registration is completed when an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires you or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration 1 After tires have been
203. alled improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Second Row Outboard Seats 1 Slide the second row seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors For rear left seat NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction 5 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that probably means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers 2 46 Anchor bracket location Tether strap position Tether strap A WARNING Use the tether and tether anc
204. an be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A UTQGS MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 22 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall V Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the diagram below 1 TIN U S DOT tire identification number Passenger car tire Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Radial Load index amp speed symbol 2 3 4 5 6 Rim diameter code 7 8 Severe snow conditions 9 Tire ply composition and materials used 10 Max load rating 9 23 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada 11 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 12 Max permissible inflation pressure 13 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating m
205. and Miquelon Ukraine UA 3000 Saint Vincent and the United Arab Emirates AE 1004 Grenadines United Kingdom GB 1601 Samoa United States US 3018 San Marino ast aes States Minor Outlying UM 3012 Sao Tome and Principe Se Saudi Arabia Uruguay UY 3024 Senegal Uzbekistan UZ 3025 Seychelles Vanuatu VU 3120 Sierra Leone Youcan City State See Holy VA 3100 Singapore i Slovakia Slovak Republic ees VE a Viet Nam VN 3113 Slovenia Virgin Islands British VG 3106 Solomon Islands use SANCS REMS Virgin Islands U S VI 3108 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 3205 Western Sahara EH 1407 Yemen YE 3404 Yugoslavia YU 3420 Fe al ae Zambia ZM 3512 Zimbabwe ZW 3522 6 97 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Error Message V Message Disc mode error message Use of Non supported Disc An error message is displayed if a non supported DVD ROM disc a non supported disc format or a disc PAL other with a different image signal encoding is read DISC This type of disc can not be played If the disc content cannot be read An error message is displayed if the disc cannot be read due to scratches or the content cannot be read Please check this disc DISC 6 98 Incorrect region code An error message is displayed if a disc other than one with region code 1 or including region 1 is inserted The region of disc ca
206. and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they don t have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 003B 08 2008 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 003B 08 2008 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 009G 08 2008 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 009G 08 2008 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 011C 08 U S A only 2008 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 011C 08 Canada only 2008 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 011C 08 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2008 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 95 011C 08 2008 QUICK TIPS 9999 95 001F 07 2008 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS 9999 95 011C 07NAV U S A only 2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 011C 07NAV Canada only 2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL Y WORKSHOP MANUAL Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis Y WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual V QUICK TIPS This guide contains quick and concise i
207. and or other object gt Ifthe rain sensor is struck with a hand or other object from inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the ignition switch is in the ON position as fingers pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when they activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running NOTE Switching the auto wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving at a vehicle speed of 4 km h 2 mph or higher or after driving the vehicle activates the windshield wipers once after which they operate according to the rainfall amount e The auto wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about 10 C 14 F or lower or about 85 C 185 F or higher e Ifthe windshield is coated with water repellent the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and auto wiper control may not operate properly e Ifdirt or foreign matter e g ice or matter containing salt water adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor or if the windshield is iced it could cause the wipers to move automatically However if the wipers cannot remove this ice dirt or foreign matter the auto wiper control will stop operation In this case pull the wiper lever to the 1 or 2 pos
208. angerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads 5 5 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 9 regarding parking brake use Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal then depress the parking brake pedal fully Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal then depress the parking brake pedal until it releases Gradually let up on the parking brake pedal NOTE Release the parking brake pedal once before trying to reapply it V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light comes on when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position It goes off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light
209. any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating Normal A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 8 46 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment DESCRIPTION Epa G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 MAIN 150A For protection of all circuits 2 ENGINE 20A Transaxle control system 3 R HEATER 40A Heater 4 P SEAT R 30A Power seat RH 5 HEATER 50A Heater 6 IGKEY2 40A For protection of various circuits 30A 7 FANI x Cooling fan 40A P SEAT L 40A Power seat LH DEFOG 30A Rear window defroster 10 BTN 40A For protection of various circuits 11 FUEL PUMP 30A Fuel pump 12 IGKEY1 30A For protection of various circuits 13 FOG 15A Fog lights 14 ABS SOL 30A ABS solenoid 15 D L 25A Power door locks 16 ROOM 15A Overhead light Some models 8 47 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION Bae PROTECTED COMPONENT 17 OUTLET CTR 15A Accessory socket Center 18 OUTLET RR 15A Accessory socket Rear 19 AC PWR 15A Moon r
210. ar Entertainment System Vv Operating Tips for Disc Playable discs DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD CD R CD RW DVD R DVD RW and dts CD can be played NOTE It may not be possible to play DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD and MP3 WMA CD according to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have been restricted by the producer Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video video CD DVD audio audio CD 6 52 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD video DVD videos bearing the following logo can be played DVD Reais aie lent VIDEO DVD audio DVD audio bearing the following logo can be played eRegion code must include 1 or ALL eNTSC National Television System Committee recorded type e8 cm 3in or 12 cm Sin size AUDIO DVD R and DVD RW DVD Rs and DVD RWs bearing each of the following logos can be played BYP pvp R 4 7 Video CD audio CD CD R and CD RW Video CDs audio CDs CD Rs and CD RWs bearing each of the following logos can be played ISE COMPACT COMPACT ePlayback control function supported DIGITALAUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO e8 cm 3in or 12 cm Sin size Recordable eMP3 recorded type COMPACT COMPACT al COMPACT alist Recordable SEPT ReWritable 1 Audio is not produced by the headphones when DTS audio is selected Listen to DTS audio over the vehicle s spea
211. ar neta Renee 3 44 Security SySteM vcscccscsssessccsennscssssecsesenssocscntscsuesenssesscdsnsedenssoncsvasecs 3 50 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key ccceseseeeeetees 3 50 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key eseeeree 3 52 Theft Deterrent System cccscessssesstssesssessesstessssessesesesees 3 55 Steering Wheel and Mirrors csccsccscssesssssscsrsssseessssseeees 3 57 Steering Wheel 3 scccccesscditiesscdt teas divest eiti nedteeaenciees 3 57 Mior e a nice tein eh okt eho ie eR 3 57 Some models 3 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Keys The advanced keyless functions advanced keyless entry and start system enables the following operations while the advanced key is being carried page 3 7 e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key e Starting the engine without operating the key The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keyless functions page 3 13 e The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system from a distance Lock Unlock Panic Liftgate button e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate Opening closing the power liftgate e Opening the power windows and the moonroof e Operating the theft deterrent system e Turning on the alarm e Locking unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key A WARNING D
212. ar them Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary VY Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand NOTE To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades when raising both the driver and passenger side wiper arms raise the driver side wiper arm first Conversely when setting down the wiper arms set the passenger side wiper arm down first 1 Raise the wiper arm 8 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Open the clip and slide the blade assembly in the direction of the arrow 3 Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the clip NOTE Using a soft cloth wrapped flathead screwdriver 4 Tilt the blade assembly and remove it from the arm ll a A CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield 5 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of blade holder
213. ary it does not require periodic changing The level must be kept between MAX and MIN Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If new fluid is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF V Inspecting Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level The automatic transaxle fluid level should be inspected regularly Measure it as described below The volume of fluid changes with temperature Fluid must be checked while idling the engine without driving at normal operating temperature A CAUTION gt Low fluid level causes transaxle slippage Overfilling can cause foaming loss of fluid and transaxle malfunction gt Use specified fluid page 10 4 A nonspecified fluid could result in transaxle malfunction and failure 1 Park on a level surface and set the parking brake firmly 2 Start the engine and depress the brake pedal 3 Move the shift lever through all ranges then set it at P A WARNING Make sure the brake pedal is applied before shifting the shift lever Shifting the shift lever without first depressing the brake pedal is dangerous The vehicle could move suddenly and cause an accident 4 With the engine still idling pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and put it back 5 Pull it out again The proper fluid level is marked on the dipstick as follows Fluid hot scale A When the vehicle has been driven
214. as possible Do not modify the components or wiring or use electronic testing devices on the pretensioner system Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light o Pe If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death 2 26 V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensio
215. ased to LINE reduce difference in volume range Use when it is still difficult to hear RF sound while using LINE Sound quality is reduced while using RF NOTE Only sound output from the headphones is available 6 88 Auxiliary Input AUX mode In AUX mode AV equipment such as a video game player or a video camera can be used by connecting the image and sound cables to the auxiliary terminals NOTE Before operating read the instruction manual accompanying the AV equipment to be used e To listen to the Rear Entertainment System sound from the vehicle speakers change the audio or navigation system sound to the Rear Entertainment System sound Refer to Sound on page 6 69 To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 59 The cooling fan for this unit may activate if the temperature of the unit is high however this does not indicate a malfunction YV Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet The auxiliary terminals and power outlet are positioned as shown in the figure Power outlet ACI1I5V Auxiliary terminals Auxiliary terminals The auxiliary terminals consist of one image input terminal and two sound input terminals for left and right Image input terminal Yellow Sound input Right terminal Red
216. assword H k kx x Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the password change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it 6 86 3 Enter the country code by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit country code B k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 4 Press the ENTER button to set the country of the entered country code Changing the password 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password H k x Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the password change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it Mark Audio Aspect Please input a new 4 digit password H k k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 3 Enter the new password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down 4 Press the ENTER button to set the new password Mark Audio Aspect This player change a 4 digit password OO00 To Menu RETURN Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Mark The DVD video playba
217. atellite Radio Kit manual accompanying the SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit A subscription to SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is required available in the U S Except Alaska and Hawaii to enable this feature once the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit has been installed For subscription information or digital satellite radio technical issues contact SIRIUS directly at Web www siriusradio com Phone 24 hrs day 7 days week 888 539 SIRI 7474 E mail customercare sirius radio com Mailing Address Sirius Satellite Radio 1221 Avenue Of The Americas New York NY 10020 Attention Customer Care Include your Sirius Radio ESN Electronic Serial Number when subscribing or requesting technical assistance See the Satellite Radio Kit manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit for complete satellite radio activation procedures and information on how to display the ESN gt c 2 e O ge p e 3 75 gt c a o O ge O D e gt 76 Operating the In Dash CD Changer Mazda CX 9 Folder search on screen button Disc on screen button Track up button PUSHPOWER VOL 9 fic623 457 a Woe Scan button RANIDO On screen button on screen button Track down button Mazda CX 7 USHPOWERY VOl 9 e623 4 57 ABDEF TABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK VOR ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK T ABDEFIKLORSTABDEF KLORSTAB ABDEFIKLORSTA
218. ay be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 24 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph lt lt la clala zo For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with
219. ays be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts 8 2 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eoeeeeeeee Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 ENGINE Inspect every 168 000 km 105 000 miles Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km 150 000 miles Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R
220. ber registration can be made for the same entry If No the procedure proceeds to Step 20 20 Prompt Returning to main menu Making calls using the phone book Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in the Bluetooth Hands Free system in advance For the phone book setting method refer to page 6 111 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phone book 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phone book 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing 6 109 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Redialing function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed is possible 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Vv Emergency calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 using the voice input command 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 Prompt Calling 911 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Refusing an incoming call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call p
221. bile telephone Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 1 1 or higher Response profile e HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 0 e DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE If the ignition switch is turned off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the mobile telephone automatically If the mobile telephone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the mobile telephone Y Component parts The Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following parts e Phone button e Information display e Microphone e Audio unit Navigation system Phone button Basic functions of the Bluetooth Hands Free can be used such as making calls or hanging up by operating the phone button Phone button Phone button operations A short press or a long press of the phone button is used depending on the operation status as follows e Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Some models 6 103 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Information display Telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status are displayed 7 Je DUAD DISCN123456MDINSTII
222. bout this indicator light and this chart refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 2 68 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the front seats front dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If
223. bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs Replacing a headlight bulb High beam bulb 1 Make sure the ignition switch is turned off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 8 38 3 Turn the cover counterclockwise and remove it N 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward Nn Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 6 Install the new bulb
224. button amp had been previously pressed Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button gt gt to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button lt lt to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button V once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Music scan This feature helps to find a program by playing about the first 10 seconds of each track Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback This feature makes it possible to listen to a selection repeatedly Press the repeat button RPT during playback The current selection will be repeated RPT will be displayed Press the repeat button RPT once again to cancel repeat playback Random playback This feature allows the CD player to randomly select the order of the songs Press the random button RDM during playback The next selection will be randomly selected RDM will be displayed Press the random button RDM once again to cancel random playback Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that the
225. camera temperature changes rapidly such as by pouring hot water on it under cold temperature conditions the rear view monitor may not operate correctly E Rear View Parking Camera Location L 86 Switching to the Rear View Monitor Display Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switch in the ON position to switch the display to the rear view monitor display When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position the screen returns to the previous display Displayable Range on the Screen The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions Screen display aN 4 a7 ae Both bumper ends are not displayed The figure is an example showing Mazda CX 9 The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions The displayable range is limited Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be displayed The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera Do not install any optional parts that can interfere with the camera view such as illuminating parts or parts made of reflective material It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions however it does not indicate a malfunction e In darkened areas e When the
226. cause serious injury Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked The seatback plays an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants ina sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury NOTE The second row seats cannot be removed 2 11 Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat Slide To move the seat forward or backward raise the bar and slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Make sure the bar returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 12 V Seat R
227. cause a malfunction NOTE If a disc is inserted while the Rear Entertainment System is turned off but the display is open and when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the system automatically turns on and starts playback Ejecting the disc Press the eject button to eject the disc Eject button 6 64 NOTE When the eject button is pressed the disc is ejected halfway e A disc can be ejected with the Rear Entertainment System turned off V Picture Adjustment The brightness BRIGHT color adjustment TINT color density COLOR and contrast CONTRAST of the screen can be adjusted Press the picture adjust button PICTURE on the remote controller to change to the picture adjustment mode The picture mode changes in the order of BRIGHT TINT COLOR CONTRAST OFF each time the button is pressed in this mode Press the picture adjust button A or V positioned to top bottom of the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE to adjust each picture mode NOTE e If the picture adjustment mode is on and no operation has been done for about 5 seconds the mode is canceled automatically e If the picture is no longer adjustable by pressing the picture adjust button A or V it indicates that the adjustment value has reached the maximum minimum value Adjusting the brightness 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the BRIGHT mode 2 Press the pi
228. cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed They could play with power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move Keep all doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended 3 25 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Locking Unlocking with Key The driver s door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to unlock toward the back to lock Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 VY Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Y Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry
229. ce tags registered to the phone book Press the phone button during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Continue Continues the voice guidance Call Calls the registered phone number Edit Edits the registered phone number Delete Deletes the registered phone number Previous Returns to the previous phone number Cancel Returns to main menu 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 Prompt Returning to main menu Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Hands Free Telephone Setting Y Mobile phone Mobile phone registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone to the Bluetooth Hands Free system refer to Bluetooth Hands Free preparation page 6 106 Registered mobile phone read out The Bluetooth Hands Free system can read out the mobile phones registered to its system 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones 6 Say Beep List phones 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XX
230. cement parts may not be available The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in the United States its territories and Canada Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety requirements CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s War
231. changed turn the ignition switch to the ON position then turn it back to the ACC or LOCK position 2 Wait for about 15 minutes 5 31 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 After about 15 minutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels A CAUTION gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replaced When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible e The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the new one e The same tire pressure
232. cially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary Jack read the manufacture s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling e Noise may occur depending on the product connected to the auxiliary jack Ifa power supply from the portable audio unit is needed use the unit s batteries Using the power socket equipped on the vehicle may cause noise depending on the unit connected to the power supply socket A WARNING Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident A CAUTION Do not place objects or apply force to the auxiliary jack with the plug connected Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE e Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack securely e Insert or remove the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole e Insert or remove the plug by holding its base To operate the portable audio unit 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the MEDIA button MEDIA of the
233. ck numbers 6 76 Skipping to desired title group The playback can be started from the desired title group by entering the title group number 1 Enter the title group number using the number keys 0 to 9 while the playback is stopped 2 Press the ENTER button to start the playback from the selected title Example When selecting title number oe 1 Press the number key 2 2 Press the ENTER button NOTE Ifa title group number not in the disc is input the last title group is played Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for the title group numbers Bonus group playback 1 Press the number button 0 while a disc is not being played If the disc has a bonus group the display shows as follows Bonus Group 2 Press the ENTER button to change the display to the password input screen then enter the password For the password see the instruction manual attached to the disc Please input a 4 digit password es R g Set ENTER Cancel RETURN Bonus group means the Bonus tracks originally recorded in the disc YV Assist Functions DVD video DVD audio video CD and audio CD Top menu and disc menu NOTE Operation may vary or cannot be performed depending on the disc Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc Top menu Multiple titles may have been recorded on some discs For these DVD discs the desired title can be selected in the top menu D
234. ck status and angle display on off and priority of the inserted discs can be set Lang Rating Audio Aspect On Screen Mark On gt Off Mark Angle Mark On gt Off Mode Priority gt MP3 Video CD On Screen Mark Select ON to display OFF not to display the DVD video playback status on the upper right corner of the screen When the screen display is on the following marks are displayed on the upper right corner of the screen in Disc mode Mark Condition gt Playback R Stop Resume standby l Pause PP Fast forward lt q Reverse Angle display The camera mark display when multi angle can be performed 6 87 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE The display angle change is not available for discs other than multi angle recorded DVD discs Refer to the instruction manual accompanying the disc for details The screen size and angle can be changed when On Screen Mark and Angle Mark is off Mode Priority The priority of the inserted discs CD R CD RW can be selected Audio Digital Output Not used with this unit Audio DRC The audio dynamic range can be adjusted to reduce the difference between the maximum and minimum audio output Audio compression of the DVD video playback can be selected or deselected during playback using the following modes Mode Function NONE Playback with normal volume Lower volume is incre
235. cle with the KEY warning light illuminated If the KEY warning light remains illuminated do not continue to drive using the advanced key system Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible When flashing e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position The advanced key battery is dead e The advanced key is not within operational range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle It will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the ve
236. compartment space fold the seatbacks forward To fold third row seat 1 Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 16 2 Pull the strap and fold the seatback forward 3 Fasten the strap to its original position Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 14 To return third row seat to its original position 1 Return the seatback to its original position by pulling its strap Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 Hold the board and fasten the strap to its original position 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts Seating Position Types of seat belt Driver side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor Front seat Passenger side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode SELON TOW seat retractor automatic locking mode retractor Third row seat 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retr
237. contrast mode selection and adjustment display 10 POWER VOLUME button The volume can be adjusted by turning the dial Turn the audio unit off by pressing the dial 11 TUNE SEEK button Performs tuning short press and searching long press in FM AM mode Performs track skip short press and fast forward reverse long press in CD mode 12 SCAN button Performs scanning operation in FM AM and CD modes 13 AUDIO button Audio unit related operation screen display preset display of FM and AM The on screen touch button SOUND is constantly displayed at the bottom of the audio unit related screen for displaying the sound quality adjustment screen when selected 1 The external input terminal is not equipped on your vehicle because it is not standard equipment 2 For navigation unit operation If there is no response after selecting the on screen button remove your finger from the screen and select it again On screen buttons that cannot be operated are not illuminated Select the on screen button lightly with your finger Selecting the on screen buttons using objects that have a hard or sharp end such as a ball point pen or mechanical pencil could cause a malfunction Caution MEMO peyie s Bum 12 Activation Insert the map disc into the unit to start the Mobile Navigation System Map Disc A Refer to Handling and Care of Map Discs to know how to handle a map Cautions disc tS page 60
238. control dial Slow yy Fast The fan has seven speeds The selected speed will be displayed 6 7 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Mode selector switch The desired airflow mode can be selected page 6 5 NOTE With the airflow mode set to the 74 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents e To set the air vent to YY press the windshield defroster switch A C switch AIC With the AUTO or fan control dial ON press the A C switch to turn the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions on or off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Indicator light remains on even when system is off Air intake selector SE I Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position lt gt indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position X indicator light turned off Use this position for normal conditions and defogging A WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp position in cold or rai
239. cture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Brighten e Picture adjust button V Darken BRIGHT SH E Adjusting the color adjustment 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the TINT mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Green e Picture adjust button V Red TINT REII IYI IG Adjusting the color density 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the COLOR mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Darken Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e Picture adjust button V Lighten COLOR Shit Adjusting the contrast definition 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the CONTRAST mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Higher e Picture adjust button V Lower CONTRAST EN at V Screen Size Setting The size of the screen can be changed Press the DISPLAY MODE button to set the desired screen size The screen size changes in the order of Full Normal Wide Cinema each time the button is pressed 6 65 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Full screen Image is displayed on the full screen A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure Normal screen A 4 3 screen ratio image is the
240. d before the engine is started page 5 41 3 10 NOTE When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the start knob then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked after the engine is started page 5 41 Starting the engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range When starting the engine be sure the start knob is securely attached before trying to operate it If the knob becomes detached from the ignition switch re attach it by pushing it on to the ignition switch Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System j Make sure the advanced key is being carried 2 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on 4 Depress the brake pedal 5 Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE The starter will not operate if the shift l
241. d mode Indication Turn Left Turn Right Audio FLT oF ON Surround ALL Rr Surround Select mode BASS ou ba TREB hue eoe Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right BEEP OFF ON ILLM EFT oF o Hr 24H ng PS The display switches to the 5 1 channel sound mode when the following conditions are met e The vehicle is Rear Entertainment System equipped e The mode is switched to RSES page 6 47 e ACD ora DVD is inserted in the Rear Entertainment System or the sound of the disc is 5 1 Dolby Digital DTS audio NOTE About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance press the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed 6 30 Automatic Level Control ALC Standard audio equipped model The automatic level control is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases The following four modes are available Select the desired mode ALC OFF No change ALC LEVELI Minimum ALC LEVEL Z Medium ALC LEVEL 3 Maximum Turn the audio control dial to select ALC
242. d on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready 3 3 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION gt Because the advanced key uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers To avoid damage to the advanced key DO NOT gt Drop the advanced key gt Get the advanced key wet gt Disassemble the advanced key gt Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight gt
243. d sound breakup at the radio receiver y g When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar fre quencies the original station may be tempo rarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 2 88 3 MHz Station 1 88 1 MHz gt c 2 e O ge p e 3 63 gt a o O ge O D o gt 64 Operating Tips for In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed Do not spill any liquid on the audio system Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction If the memory portion of the
244. displayed Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for more than 1 second Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile YW Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm aules R 4 5 t x1000r min o 2 _ 1 a1 7 7 Red zone 8y DR CAUTION Don t run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage V Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant If the needle is near H it indicates overheating CAUTION Driving with an overheated engine can cause serious engine damage page 7 14 5 39 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is in the tank We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full When the low fuel warning light illuminates or when the needle is near E refuel as soon as possible ww F i
245. dy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 10 in this booklet 9 43 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 44 Customer Information
246. e Q Set Clock a Navigation Set Up Navigation Set Up page 15 Screen adjustments beep alert and other settings Display menu screen will be shown when you press the DISP button Press the DISP button to display the display menu DISPLAY Sertines SePrAV OFF wou ig P BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST I eer I Adjusting the screen quality Screen brightness Press the EJ on screen button to brighten the screen or BE to darken Screen contrast Press the EJ on screen button to increase contrast B to decrease Select the ER on screen button to restore the adjustment values to the default settings The screen changes to SETTINGS when the KJE on screen button is selected peyejs Guje5 Turning off the display Select the WiidlVauia on screen button to turn off the display The screen will reappear if the NAVI button is pressed or the S78 NaH on screen button which is displayed on the screen when the DISP button is pressed is selected Daytime Night screen When the headlights are on daytime mode can also be selected Daytime mode can also be selected while the headlights are turned on Tilt display operation Select the wi on screen button to tilt the display SA to close it The display angle can be adjusted in three stages When opening the display angle changes one stage at a time each time the wi on screen button is pressed When closing the display angle changes one stage at a time each t
247. e ACC position when the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster 3 9 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always put the key or start knob to LOCK position set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P Intentionally placing the key or start knob into LOCK position is much more important where you will not be removing the key to leave the vehicle and because leaving it in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without putting the ignition switch in LOCK position setting the parking brake and the shift lever is in P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE e If turning the ignition switch is difficult Jiggle the steering wheel from side to side e The ignition switch cannot be turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position when the shift lever is not in P ACC Accessory The steering wheel unlocks and some electrical accessories will operate NOTE The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not function in the ACC position and the doors will not lock unlock using the transmitter or request switches even if the advanced key is carried away from the vehicle ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspecte
248. e i cev cae an ainiin 3 28 Light Bulbs Replacement ceseeereeees 8 37 Specifications cceceseeseeeees 10 6 Lighting Control seese 5 58 Lubricant Quality e eects 10 4 Index L Luggage Compartment Light 6 122 M Maintenance Introduction ccecesceeseeseeeeees 8 2 Owner maintenance precautions 00 eee eeeeteeteeeeeeees 8 17 Owner maintenance schedule 8 16 Scheduled 0 cc cceecesseeseeseeeteetees 8 3 Map Lights 2 00 0 canna 6 122 Mirrors Outside MIULTOLS 2 0 0 ee eeeereeeee 3 57 Rearview Mirror 00 eee 3 58 Money Saving Suggestions 4 6 Moonroof 00 ceceeseessesceeeeesseeeeeseeees 3 44 O Odometer and Trip Meter 5 38 Outside Mirrors ceceeseseeseeseeeees 3 57 Overhead Console cceeeeee 6 127 Overhead Lights 0 0 0 cece 6 121 Overheating ee eceeceeseeseeeeteeees 7 14 Overloading cceceeeeseeseeseeteeteeees 4 11 P Paint Damage cccccceeseeseeteereeees 8 52 Parking Brake ossee 5 5 Parking in an Emergency 006 7 2 Power Door Locks cesceseeeeeeees 3 27 Power Liftgate cceceeseeseereeseeees 3 30 Power Outlet ccecceseseeseeteeeeees 6 132 Power Steering ceeeseesseeseeseeeees 5 16 Flid eetan a a 8 24 Power Windows cccceeseeseeteeteeees 3 35 Push Starting ccesceeseeseeseeteeteeees 7 19 Index R Rear Door Child Safety Lock
249. e interior V Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated Vv Check the Refrigerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for refrigerant inspection The air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter If your vehicle is equipped with an air filter for the air conditioner it is necessary to change the filter periodically as indicated in scheduled maintenance page 8 3 Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for replacement of the cabin air filter V Sunlight Temperature Sensor The fully automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures and the intensity of direct sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Sunlight sensor gt
250. e phone after the beep 18 Say Beep XXXX Call out a phone tag an arbitrary name for the phone Example Stan s phone NOTE Call out a programmed phone tag within 10 seconds If more than two mobile telephones are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar phone tag 19 Prompt Adding XXXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Phone tag Is this correct 20 Say Beep Yes 21 Prompt Assign a priority for this phone between 1 and 7 where 1 is the phone used most often Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 22 Say Beep 1 Call out a number of the desired priority from 1 to 7 NOTE e Normally 1 is to be input Highest priority Ifmore than two mobile telephones are registered input the priority order from 1 to 7 23 Prompt XXXXXX Ex Mary s phone Phone tag set to priority X Priority number Is this correct 24 Say Beep Yes 25 Prompt Pairing complete After a mobile telephone is registered the system automatically identifies the phone By pressing the phone button again or by pressing the phone button first after turning the ignition switch from the LOCK to the ACC position the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Mary s phone Phone tag is connected If two or more telephones are registered the one with the highest
251. e selected language Method 1 Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free preparation on page 6 106 Method 2 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep French Say the desired language English French or Spanish 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phone book French selected returning to main menu V Security setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input Passcode setting 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode 9 Prompt Passcode XX XX Passcode PCode Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled returning to main menu Using the Bluetooth Hands Free system with a passcode 1 Press the phone button Short pr
252. e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position e The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch V Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning When the start knob is returned to the ACC or LOCK position from the ON position the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance page 3 5 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change page 3 19 V Engine Start Not Permitted Warning Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position e The advanced key battery is dead Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System e The advanced key is not within operational range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range V Advanced Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep If an advanced key is left in the vehicle cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are locked using a separate advanced key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind
253. e engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Turning off the engine 1 Move the shift lever to the P position 2 Turn the ignition switch from the ON position to the ACC position NOTE When the engine is turned off and the ignition switch it turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery power of the advanced key is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Battery Replacement page 3 6 3 Push in the start knob from the ACC position and turn it to the LOCK position A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position 3 12 NOTE e When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position the ignition switch has to be pushed in from the ACC position and turned Without being pushed in the ignition switch stops at the ACC position and the vehicle battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is left in the ACC position When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch not in the LOCK position a beep sound is heard and the indicator light flashes to notify the driver Refer to Warning Beep page 3 16 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
254. e read the handbook for operation 3 Read the CAUTION tion button Caution instructions 5 J Always obey traffic regulations S E E 3 Sal j The Current Position screen appears You can select the language by selecting the K on screen button You can also change the selected language using Language Selection page 22 The CAUTION screen remains on the display unless you select the BEZ on screen button Mazda CX 9 If the mobile telephone is programmed to the hands free unit for use with the Bluetooth hands free telephone the Bluetooth hands free information is displayed on the screen momentarily While this information is displayed the BEZI on screen button cannot be selected Select the EZ on screen button after the display is cleared Removing the Map Disc peye s Guje5 With the ignition switch in the ACC position remove the cover Mazda CX 9 Mazda CX 7 Y 2 Do not get your hand or fingers caught in moving parts or in the disc slot This can cause injuries Children are inquisitive try to install or remove the map disc without infants looking on Caution On screen Buttons Select the on screen button lightly with your finger Colors for unavailable buttons will be pale 13 peyie s Buma ia 14 Set Clock The current time is set using this function Since time notification is provided by a GPS satellite Before Steps MENU select KC Open the SET CLOCK
255. e second row seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 2 48 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 5 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that probably means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket position Tether strap position Tether strap l Forward Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include up to 6 air bags Please verify which kinds of air bags are equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations e The steering wheel hub driver air bag e The front pass
256. e the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Ifthe halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used e Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Side turn signal lights a Brake lights Taillights Rear combination light side High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced Rear turn signal lights Rear side marker light 1 Turn the bolts counterclockwise and remove them Some models 8 41 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Pull the unit rearward to remove it 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Rear direction indication light Rear side maker 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 42 Taillights Liftgate side Reverse lights 1 Remove the cover 2 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 3 Disconnect
257. e the hood latch lever to the right and lift the hood Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the stay hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open VY Closing the Hood 1 Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Insert the support rod in its clip while holding up the hood Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood 3 Close the hood so that it locks securely 3 44 Some models Moonroof The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only when the ignition switch is in the ON position Slide switch Tilt switch A WARNING Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of the body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving Extending the head arms or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious injury or death Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof A closing moonroof is dangerous The hands head or even neck of a person especially a child could be caught in it as it closes causing serious injury or even death NOTE After washing your Mazda or after it rains wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetratio
258. e the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the spare tire In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 4 Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown 7 11 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire If you are unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque 107 8 147 0 11 0 14 9 79 6 108 4 A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident N
259. ealership or the OWNER e Ifit becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 V STEP 2 Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico by one of the following ways Log on at www MazdaMexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 1 866 315 0220 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 9 8 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on Year and model of vehicle
260. eaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure nA A W N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 30 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada VY Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of
261. ear Entertainment System Functions Vv Mode The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes Mode Function Page F DVD video video CD DVD audio and audio CD can be Disc mode 6 74 played AV equipment with output terminals for image and sound AUX Auxiliary mode such as a video game player and a video camera can be 6 88 used Auxiliary terminals in which AV equipment can be connected are equipped Refer to Auxiliary terminals and accessory socket on page 6 88 Mode change Press the SOURCE button The mode changes between Disc and AUX Disc mode gt AUX mode DISC is displayed AUX is displayed 6 73 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback Disc Mode DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD can be played in the Disc mode A CAUTION For safe driving adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard NOTE Do not use the Rear Entertainment System for a long period with the engine off The vehicle battery could run down e To listen to the Rear Entertainment System sound from the vehicle speakers change the audio or navigation system sound to the Rear Entertainment System sound Refer to Sound on page 6 69 e To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are
262. eat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information A WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15cm 6 in Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not
263. ecline A WARNING Do not drive with the seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you don t get the full protection from the seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Do not recline a second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied Reclining the second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied is dangerous Because the clearance in the third row seat is limited occupants in the third row seat could be hurt seriously on a reclined second row seatback To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while pulling the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury WV Head Restraint Rear outboard seat A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no supp
264. ecomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview Engine coolant reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick Battery Windscreen washer fluid reservoir Fuse block Relay box Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap 8 18 Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Recommended Oil Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction U S A and CANADA ILSAC Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel
265. econds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the BSM system detects a vehicle in the detection area while the vehicle is driven at a speed of about 32 km h 20 mph or more the BSM warning light illuminates on the side of the vehicle where the rear on coming vehicle is detected NOTE e Ifice or snow adhere to the outer mirror surface the BSM warning light may not be visible e If the door window glass is darkened it may affect the visibility of the BSM warning light making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the light BSM warning beep The warning beep operates when the turn signal lever is operated to either side where the BSM warning light is illuminated NOTE The system can be customized so that the BSM warning beep does not operate Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OF F This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction 5 35 Driving Your Mazd
266. economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 Except U S A and CANADA ILSAC 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 5 Pull it out again and examine the level It s OK between MIN and MAX But if it s near or below MIN add enough oil to bring the level to MAX 8 20 A CAUTION Don t add engine oil over MAX This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick Engine Coolant V Inspecting Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not
267. ector ccccccccsseseseeseseeceseeseseeeeseees page 5 38 3 Tachometer ae T T R N N page 5 39 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ccccccccscsesecceseesesseseseeseseeseseeeeseeeeseeeesees page 5 39 hy Fuel Gauge scari e saat hed vaste kisi ote tts E page 5 40 Dashboard Mlumimation senner i EE E page 5 40 5 37 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector The display mode can be changed between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed The selected mode will be displayed NN a F Selector 5 38 Odometer a A Trip meter A Press the selector Odometer pai i TRIP m Li Trip meter B mal j i Press the selector Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B For instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be
268. eeeees 7 17 Push starting 0 0 ceeeseeseeseeeees 7 19 Emergency Towing scceseeeeees 7 20 Emission Control System Gasoline Engine c ceeeeereereee 4 3 Engine Coolants asenu 8 21 Exhaust gas nasses 4 4 Hood release n se 3 43 Oilean ieh 8 19 Overheating s ssessesseseeseeseseese 7 14 Starting re airan roi 5 4 Engine Compartment Overview 8 18 Engine Coolant Overheating cececeeeeteeneee 7 14 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage es e taste eee ea 5 39 Exhaust G ss lauean 4 4 Exterior Care i cciccccses cccvecsesteseveseates dees 8 54 F Flasher Hazard warming eceeeeeee 5 68 Headlights 0 cceeseseeseeteeeees 5 58 Plat Tire seen cei daddies 7 3 Changing iiinis 7 8 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Fluids Classification cceceeseeteneees 10 4 Owner maintenance 06 8 16 Fog Lights ccsccsssescesssssesseeeseers 5 62 PRON tetas cart eceeetanesccsgecteeuens 5 62 Foot Brake i0 sncnneiekhineaaad 5 5 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats 2 5 11 4 F Front Seats Manually Operated Seats 0 0 0 2 2 Fuel Filler lid and capo eee 3 42 Galgen iiites cca wivestetanieeda cis 5 40 Requirements Gasoline engine 4 2 Tank capacity 0 eeceeeeeseeeeeee 10 5 FUSES i a tite e enti 8 44 Panel description 0 ccee 8 47 Replacement cceceeceseeeees 8 44 G Glove Bok penae eki 6 128 H Haza
269. ees 2 2 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats ccecesseeseeseeeees 2 5 Second Row Seats tacna aE a a 2 11 Third Row Seat is nnne uree a eE EKES 2 16 Seat Belt Systems ccscsscssssscsssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssesssseeees 2 18 Seat Belt Precautions es sessssesesesesessssssesesssessssesesestsessssesesese 2 18 3 Point Type Seat Belts sek nee Setae cee he te 2 22 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 24 Center Rear Position Seat Belt Second Row Seats 2 27 Seat Belt Extender catas aa a a ahaa 2 30 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep 00 ee eeeeceeeeeesseeseereeeeeeeeeeeees 2 32 Child Restraint ss oc cicecsesdacesacenzscesecdevectsisssonedsectedecscsessbsnsessteesssecte 2 34 Child Restraint Precautions 0 0 cceceecescceceeeeseeseeeeseeeeeeeeees 2 34 Installing Child Restraint Systems cccecceeseeseeeteeteeeeeeeees 2 38 LATCH Child Restraint Systems 0 cescecceeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeeees 2 45 SRS Air Bags secccsisciseccescsaccescacsnsevedesocestesedasestuncsesesdcbesecasicvsaesesuces 2 50 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 2 50 Supplemental Restraint System Components 0 c 2 55 How the SRS Air Bags Work ccccccescceceeseeeseeeeseeeeeeneeesens 2 56 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria ccceeeeseeseeteeteeeeeees 2 60 Limitations to SRS Air Bag cecccceeceesceeceeseceeeeeeeeeeeseeseeneees 2 61 Driver and Fro
270. eeteeeees 3 2 Advanced key maintenance 3 5 Advanced key suspend PONCHO enneunen 3 16 Auxiliary key seess 3 15 Locking unlocking with request SWItChStis5 ood ele ea ee 3 8 Operational range e eee 3 7 Remote control function 3 13 SOLVICGy aea a ae a 3 6 Setting change 00 0 cece 3 19 Warning and beep sounds 3 16 When warning indicator beep is activated kssr cinkas 3 20 Air Bag Systems ccceceeseeseereees 2 50 All Wheel Drive AWD Operation 2 0 0 eee 5 16 AWD Warning light 5 17 Ambient Temperature Display 6 124 AMEN seeen en a does eshte 6 17 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 7 Warning light ossessi 5 7 Appearance Care csceeeesseeseeeteees 8 52 Armrest BOX wo ceeeeeseeseeereeneeeees 6 128 Audio Audio control switch 0 6 46 Audio System eccceeesesseeseeseeees 6 17 Audio Set A Rites a 6 27 Auxiliary input cece 6 48 Operating tips for audio SYSTEM ensinar ER 6 17 Safety certification 6 50 11 2 A Automatic Transaxle Driving tips eeeeeseeeeteeeeeee 5 15 Fl id i tee ceria areitan 8 24 Manual shift mode eee 5 12 Shift lock system 0 0 5 12 Transaxle ranges o n 5 11 B Battery Emergency starting 0 0 0 0 7 16 Maintenance 8 31 Specifications cceeeeseeeees 10 4 Beeps Ignition key reminder 5 57 Lights on reminder eee 5 57 Pa
271. ehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Do not exceed these ratings Do not drive the vehicle off road Driving your Mazda off road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed to do such Driving the vehicle off road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries 2 53 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the driver seat slide position sensor and front passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection NOTE When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the textu
272. elts depending on whether the child restraint manufacturer allows their use without LATCH attachments and tether anchors Follow these manufacturer s instructions when using a child restraint system NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode 1 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts V If You
273. em Entertainment System mode Sound mode Refer to Sound Output on page 6 69 cannot be AB invalid dise has been ins tted Insert a disc which can be played by this unit output Refer to Operating Tips for Discs on page 6 52 No disc is inserted Insert a disc Disc is inserted upside down Insert the disc with the label side up Playback has been paused Cancel the pause The playback is in slow fast forward or Select normal playback reverse mode Refer to Basic operation on page 6 74 6 100 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptom Cause Action Audio output from vehicle speakers but not from headphones Image and or sound is distorted DTS format language is selected and played back The wireless headphones cannot play back DTS format language The disc is dirty Select audio other than DTS format Clean the signal surface of the disc The disc has a scratch Replace the disc with another one Dew condensation on the disc Clear the dew condensation There are subtle spots or The LCD is high tech equipment with a 99 99 effective sensor resolution However please be aware that 0 01 luminescent pixel failure or pixel continuous spots on the A illuminated pixels may exist screen Subtitles F canot be Other languages are not recorded on the Check the avail
274. emory tuning Audio Sound Adjustment Satellite Radio SAT Operating the In Dash CD Changer eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneetenes 76 Inserting the CD During CD playback During MP3 CD playback Normal insertion Inserting CDs into desired tray number Multiple insertion Normal ejection Ejecting CDs from desired tray number Multiple ejection Playing Fast forward Reverse Track search Disc search Folder search during MP3 CD playback Music scan Repeat play Audio sound adjustment Operating tips for audio control switch Safety Certification uoljei9doC olpny 61 gt c a o O ge O D e gt 62 Audio Operation Operating Tips for Audio system Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 S0km 25 30 miles 8 Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not be
275. en or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the discs e e 6 54 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Disc cleaning Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs Condensation Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the disc or optical components prism and lens in the unit may become clouded with condensation At this time the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded disc can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Operating tips for DVD video Region code The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video The playback restriction area is indicated by a region code and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area The region code for U S A and Canada are 1 DVD videos bearing region code including 1 or ALL on the package or the instruction manual can be played by this unit The region code setting for this unit has been set to 1 DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual can be played 6 55 Interior Comfort Rear Enterta
276. en the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns on or off the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination see chart above A CAUTION gt Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly Light sensor gt The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the ignition switch is in the ON position as fingers pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when they activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The light may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels traffic jams inside tunnels or in indoor parking lots In this case the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is turned to
277. en the moonroof without your knowing the open moonroof is an even bigger invitation to a thief than leaving the doors unlocked The moonroof can be opened for ventilating the cabin before getting in the vehicle With unlock button Keyless entry system Press once then press again within 1 5 seconds and hold After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the two front windows and the moonroof open as long as the unlock button is pressed Advanced key Lock button Panic button Unlock button Power liftgate button Retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Panic button To stop the windows and the moonroof from opening release the button If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows and the moonroof open NOTE The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially The lock button cannot be used to close the moonroof With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Turn the key toward the front and hold it After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the moonroof fully opens automatically To stop this operation turn the key to the center position then turn it toward the front again NOTE The moonroof opening operation also can be stopped by turning the key toward the back However the doors and the liftgate will lock Closing The moonroof can be closed
278. en their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Don t try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 6 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE e In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Brake System V Foot Brake Your Mazda has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be deple
279. en to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 fi e In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the chance of paint chipping e Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 53 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions V Maintaining the Finish Washing To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and freq
280. endent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc VY Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of it s dealers that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below
281. enger dashboard front passenger air bag The outboard sides of the front seatbacks side air bags e The front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides curtain air bags The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to e Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag e Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions or roll over accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body e Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle e e e Your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces
282. ent is not possible because it is built into the unit Replace the unit 2 Bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced Interior light N Category Light bulb Wattage ECER Overhead lights Map lights Front 8 Overhead light Center 10 Overhead light Rear 10 Courtesy lights 5 T10 Vanity mirror lights 2 Luggage compartment light 10 V Tires NOTE The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 10 6 Some models Specifications Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 33 Standard tire Tire size Inflation pressure Front Rear P245 60R18 104H 250 kPa 36 psi 250 kPa 36 psi P245 50R20 102V 230 kPa 34 psi 230 kPa 34 psi Temporary spare tire Except Mexico Tire size Inflation pressure T155 90D18 103M 420 kPa 60 psi Mexico Tire size Inflation pressure 195 80R17 99M 250 kPa 36 psi V Fuses Refer to the fuse rating on page 8 44 10 7 10 8 Index A Accessory Socket s 6 131 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOTIES oo eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeneteeeeeaes 9 17 Advanced Key cccesessesseess
283. eo and video CD Press the SLOW button to slow the playback Press the SLOW or PLAY button to return to normal playback speed NOTE e Slow playback is not available for audio CD DVD audio and MP3 WMA CD The unit is muted while in slow playback Skipping the chapter track Chapter DVD video or track video CD DVD audio audio CD and MP3 WMA CD can be skipped changed 6 75 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Fast forward skip Press the NEXT button PPI to skip to the next chapter track Reverse skip Press the PREV button I lt to return to the beginning of the current chapter track NOTE To return to the beginning of the previous chapter track press the PREV button dda again within 2 seconds after the button is pressed Skipping to desired chapter track The playback can be started from the desired chapter DVD video track video CD DVD audio and audio CD by entering the chapter track number 1 Enter the chapter track number using the number keys 0 to 9 while the disc is being played 2 Press the ENTER button to start the playback from the selected chapter track Example when selecting chapter track number 10 1 Press the number key 1 2 Press the number key 0 3 Press the ENTER button NOTE e Ifa chapter track number not in the disc is input the last chapter track is played e Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for chapter tra
284. ep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 6 105 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation Bluetooth Hands Free preparation Language setting 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to the main menu 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Call out the desired language English French or Spanish 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt French Desired language selected returning to main menu Mobile telephone programming Pairing To use a Bluetooth Hands Free the phone has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile telephones can be programmed to your vehicle 6 106 NOTE A mobile telephone can be programmed only when the vehicle is parked Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone is about 10 meters 32 ft if a mobile telephone is placed within a 10 meter 32 ft radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another telephone is being programmed
285. ep sound will be heard and the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 3 times However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the start knob is in the ACC position and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the start knob is not in the LOCK position The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 6 times NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area V Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep Under the following conditions if the request switch for a front door or the liftgate is pressed while the advanced key is being carried a beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that the front doors and the liftgate cannot be locked e A door or the liftgate is open door ajar included
286. er or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors VVVVVVV V NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 31 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs Overhead light Center Overhead light Map lights Front Vanity mirror lights Headlights High beam Fog lights High mount brake light Luggage compartment light License plate lights Reverse lights L Rear side marker lights Rear turn signal lights Brake lights Taillights Overhead light Rear Side turn signal lights Courtesy lights Front side marker lights Front turn signal lights Headlights Low beam Taillights Some models 8 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion
287. er switch Air intake selector 6 6 V Control Switches AUTO switch AUTO By pressing the AUTO switch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the set temperature e Airflow temperature e Amount of airflow e Selection of airflow mode e Outside Recirculated air selection e Air conditioner operation NOTE AUTO switch indicator light e When on it indicates AUTO operation and the system will function automatically e When off it indicates the operation of other switches such as the mode selector switch fan control dial A C switch and windshield defroster switch Other functions will continue to operate automatically OFF switch Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Interior Comfort Climate Control System Temperature control dial c Cold ee Hot This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold e When the DUAL switch is off Turn the driver temperature control dial to control the temperature e When the DUAL switch is on Turn the driver or front passenger temperature control dial to control the temperature NOTE The system changes to the individual operation mode DUAL switch indicator light illuminated by turning the front passenger temperature control dial even when the DUAL switch is off which allows individual control of the set temperature for the driver and front passenger Fan
288. ermining the Correct Load Limitearen eeii 9 42 Reporting Safety Defects ss0000 9 43 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 43 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 44 Service Publications csssccssssssoee 9 45 Service Publications c ceee 9 45 9 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance U S A Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER e Ifit becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint sys
289. es in the instrument cluster when the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed The system s operational range is reduced Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent damage to the advanced key If replacing the battery by yourself follow the instruction below Replacing the advanced key batter 1 Pull out the auxiliary key 2 Release the cap using a flathead screwdriver then rotate and remove the cap A CAUTION Do not turn the cap excessively The cap may be damaged Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the VW Service k the batt t Ree Depress wie NEMS OU If you have a problem with the advanced keyless functions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your advanced key is lost or stolen bring all remaining advanced keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 4 Insert the new battery CR2025 or equivalent with the positive pole facing the mark on the cap
290. ess 2 Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep XX XX Say the set passcode PCode 4 If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Phone tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Setup 6 115 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Passcode is disabled returning to main menu Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s phone Is this correct When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s phone
291. ess Book Before Steps MENU select Open the ADDRESS BOOK ADDRESS BOOK Avoid Area Storage Avoid Area i Select Confirmation BE Pn Deseo and Modification Avoid Area Deletion All Avoid Area Deletion Category NEG Modification Select ee Destination Deletion All Preset Destination Deletion GE Reduces the size of the a Select an avoid avoid area area using your EZJ Increases the size of preferred method the avoid area _ gt pus gt Select an avoid area BESO Allows the name to be to be modified changed When editing has been completed select Ea Furthermore select E to display names on the map or Z if these names are not to be z displayed Q How Allows avoid area Ka p to be checked and Extends 2 modified on the the w map screen detour 8 After checking range x React Shorten s the detour range gt gt Select an avoid gt area to be deleted HEHE Cancel the deletion EE Mi Cancel the deletion gt BE gt Select a destination to gt be deleted MM The order of the displayed list can be changed E Cancel the deletion tet HEM Cancel the deletion 49 1 A Voice control can be carried out by simply O ce ECOG n It O n Pressing VOICE switch on the steering wheel switch and using a voice command t page 51 spoken into the microphone Microphone surface Voice entry recognition Mazda C
292. even when the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ib this means that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment If an accident were to deploy an air bag a child in a child restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed tf the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat seat a child in a child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 2 44 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint Systems Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems the second row seats Both anchors must be used otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger Most LATCH child restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructi
293. ever is not in P or N 6 Push the start knob slowly all the way 7 Verify that the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster The KEY warning light red means you cannot continue to start the engine using the Advanced Keyless System You may have to use the auxiliary key instead page 3 20 NOTE In the following cases the KEY warning light red illuminates and the engine will not start The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is out of operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range oo Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position while pushing the start knob in 9 Turn the ignition switch from the ACC position to the START position and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Don t try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 10 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds 3 11 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE e In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let th
294. eversing the vehicle that provides images from the rear of the vehicle the screen may be different from the actual conditions Always drive carefully confirming the f The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle The images on safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes Reversing the Warning vehicle by only looking at the screen may cause an accident or a collision with an object A When the display is cold images may course across the monitor or the screen 3 and may be dimmer than usual which could cause difficulty in confirming the Cautions surrounding conditions of the vehicle Always drive carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes Do not apply excessive force to the camera The camera position and angle may deviate Do not disassemble modify or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof The camera cover is made of plastic Do not apply degreasing agents organic solvents wax or glass coating agents to the camera cover If any are spilled on the cover wipe off with a soft cloth immediately Do not rub the cover excessively or polish it using an abrasive compound or a hard brush The cover may be damaged affecting the image If water snow or mud is stuck on the camera lens wipe it off using a soft cloth If it cannot be wiped off use a mild detergent If the
295. evices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Type Approval of Equipment Type Approval of Equipment Mexico Immobilizer system Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Type Approval of Equipment Keyless entry system Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK05 615 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 01 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK05 617 9 20 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading Syste
296. f a busy road is dangerous A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire and never get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors NOTE e Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System e Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 31 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Shift into Park P and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack tool and spare tire page 7 3 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rock
297. f you drop any objects onto the dashboard or spill liquid on it it may result in system malfunction Be careful not to pinch your hands or fingers when the liquid crystal display is closed Do not open close the liquid crystal display manually It may damage the equipment The liquid crystal display may not open if the power supply had been interrupted due to the vehicle battery being disconnected If the liquid crystal display stays open closed or partly opened and does not move when the liquid crystal display is pressed turn the ignition switch and then on again Then try the open close operation again If the liquid crystal display still does not move contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Beep sound and voice guidance restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda CX 9 only The beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio operation are not heard while a Bluetooth Hands Free is being used gt a o O ge O D E e 68 Power Volume Sound Controls Mazda CX 9 Power Volume dial PusHPOWER VOL AUDIO button MEDIA button CD button Mazda CX 7 CD button MEDIA button Power Volume dial Audio button Power ON OFF Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off To prevent the battery from being discharged do
298. ferent Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Except for the limited use of the temporary spare tire use only the same type tires radial bias belted bias type on all four wheels Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your Mazda Y Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to specification charts on page 10 6 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The Tire Pressure Monitoring System A does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended a py ders ied Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 Some models 8
299. ff the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 50km 25 30 miles i 6 18 Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception TON ATMEL ONOSPhere W FM wave AM wave FM wave ae 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct Flutter Skip noise Signals from an F
300. formed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the spark plugs at every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or shorter a Repeated short distance driving b Extended periods of idling or low speed operation c Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates 4 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 45 000 km 28 100 miles a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet condition c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 10 miles 5 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 8 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2
301. fort Interior Equipment 12V120w a A CAUTION To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following gt Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A gt Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket gt Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling 6 131 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Power Outlet The power outlet is positioned as shown in the figure For more details refer to Auxiliary terminals and power outlet page 6 88 6 132 Some models In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency ccsscssccssscscsssssccsssescsssscesscsssoseeees 7 2 Parking in an Emergency cceeseeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeseeseesceeceneneesesees 7 2 Plat Vite S 7 3 Spare Tire and Tool Storage ccescesseeseseeseesseeeeeeeeeseeseeeees 7 3 Changing a Flat Tire ccecceeceesceeseeeeeeeeeeeseeseeneeeseeeeenseeeeenes 7 8 Overheating ccsccscssccsssssscrssssesssessssssssssssssessessscsssesscesonses 7 14 Overheating asiitoe inire E EE i R 7 14 Emergency Startin
302. ftgate will not operate unless it is unlocked The power liftgate does not operate unless it is unlocked using the power door lock function Refer to the Power Door Locks on page 3 26 Ifa power liftgate system fuse has blown the liftgate cannot be opened using the power liftgate switch or the outer handle liftgate Use the emergency lever to open the liftgate Fully close the power liftgate before disconnecting the vehicle battery If the battery is disconnected with the liftgate open it cannot be opened or closed automatically after the battery is reconnected To restore the power liftgate functions perform the following 1 Park on level ground 2 Fully close the liftgate manually 3 Unlock the liftgate and all the doors 4 Press the power liftgate switch or the power liftgate button on the keyless entry system transmitter to fully open the liftgate 5 Press the power liftgate switch or the power liftgate button on the keyless entry system transmitter again to fully close the liftgate 3 31 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Opening Closing the power liftgate If the vehicle has satisfied all the following operation conditions the power liftgate can be opened using the power function Operation conditions 1 The power liftgate is unlocked 2 The shift lever is in park P when the ignition switch is in the ON position NOTE If condition 2 is not satisfied while the power liftgate
303. g eeseseeseserserorsereesereesoeseeeeeorsororseroesorsorereoreesoe Starting a Flooded Engine cccecceeseeseeeeeeeeseeseeeseeteeneeees JUIMP S tart gS eeaeee a E E cesses tad PusheStartin Qe ces csi ydsersaeveseveteadtarsasshs OEE A A Emergency Towing cccsscsscsssssscssscsssssscsssssssssssesssssssssenes Towing Description ccccceseeseeseeeceeseeeseeseeeeeeseceeenseeeeensees Tiedown Hooks eriin e EEE E Recreational Towing s sssesssssesesseseesesssssesesrseesessesessrsssesrene In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Sr Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Spare Tire and Tool Storage Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram Spare tire carrier bolt socket Flat tire belt Tiedown eyelet Jack lever Jack Lug wrench In Case of
304. g Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort 6 Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications 0 Technical information about your Mazda Index 11 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior OV Er VIEW cccccicssccsedscvcsacissesccasssccsscesdivacecesasedisesentecasassesenets 1 2 Interior Equipment View A cccceceescesseesseeseesecseeeeeseeeeeeenes 1 2 Interior Equipment View B ceceesceeseesseeseeteeeeeeseenseeseeeenes 1 3 Interior Equipment View C cecceceesceescesseeseeseeseeeseeseeeeeeenes 1 4 Exterior Overview csscccsssscssscccssscccssscccsssccscssscssssccssssscseseanes 1 5 Frnt secs iisacustesecvtosstvatsiceasiaes eit eee Ra ica wae 1 5 Reats iid E T Ge An Mace E aad 1 6 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A Awe MD Door lock kin OD sei irrisistu Ge Ra page 3 26 Power door lock switch cccccccessesseseeseeseseeseeseeseeseeseeeeeesecsecseeseesecseesesseeaeeeees page 3 27 Power window l
305. g a Flooded Engine If the engine fails to start it may be flooded excessive fuel in the engine Follow this procedure 1 If the engine does not start within 5 seconds on the first try turn the key to the LOCK position wait 10 seconds and try again 2 Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there 3 Turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold it there for up to 10 seconds If the engine starts release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up 4 If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator for up to 10 seconds If the engine still does not start using the above procedure have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 16 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work A WARNING Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it A Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal batte
306. g to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback V Seat Slide A WARNING Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with the seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you don t get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in a passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor If your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensione
307. ge 3 24 e Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required 3 22 Some models YV Transmitter Lock button Unlock button Operation indicator light Panic button NOTE e U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation e CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows and the moonroof but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the following pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 39 Opening Closing the Moonroof page 3 46 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doo
308. ger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other child restraint systems To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag your vehicle is equipped with the front passenger seat weight sensors These sensors deactivate the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ib When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat the system shuts off the front passenger air bag so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children For more details refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 2 34 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system i
309. ginal position for low beam 5 60 Some models V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully toward you The headlight switch does not need to be on and the lever will return to the normal position when released V Headlight Leveling The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment change the angle of the headlights The headlight leveling switch adjusts this angle N Select the proper setting from the following chart Front seat Rear Switch Load eye Driver Passenger seat Position x 0 x x 0 x x x 1 x x x 2 x a x 3 x Yes No V Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Turn and Lane Change Signals Vv Turn Signal Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Right turn Right lane change _ OFF Left lane J change
310. h Rear Fan control dial Temperature control dial EJ 5 6 14 VY Control Switches Rear air conditioning on switch REAR CONTROL Press the REAR CONTROL switch to operate the rear air conditioning from the rear seats Fan and temperature adjustment from the rear control panel is possible only when CONTROL ON in the rear control panel is illuminated NOTE e When the rear control switch is off operation of the rear airflow amount and vent temperature from the rear seats is not possible When the rear control switch is off the airflow amount and the vent temperature for the rear are changed by operating the temperature control dial of the front control panel Airflow amount automatically changes according to the fan control dial of the front control panel When the rear control switch is off the mode for the rear is changed according to the mode selector switch and the temperature control dial of the front control panel Interior Comfort Climate Control System Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold Fan control dial MAN Slow 5 J Fast The fan has 15 speeds V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning Operation from front seats 1 Turn the front air conditioning on 2 Turn the REAR CONTROL switch off indicator light turned off 6 15 Interior Comfort Climate Contr
311. h CD Changer MP3 compatible PA CoO ae Power Volume Sound Controls cccccesccsseeseeseeeseesceeseeseceeeeseeesecseenseeeenseeeeenseens page 6 28 Operating the Radio seseo udorese a a e i page 6 34 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player s ssssssesssesesesseseeseeseseesessrsesseseesesresessees page 6 38 Operating the In Dash CD Changer s sssessessssesseseesesresesessrsessrsesessesssseseesesresessees page 6 40 Operating the Auxiliary Jack orien aK E EREE S E page 6 44 Error Indications s seecslefivtes reS EAE a aE a EES aTe Eiei ARO EOE TEREPRE ESCORSA S page 6 45 6 27 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls i UETAN apiece YoLUMS Power Volume dial Power ON OFF Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 28 Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated Standard audio BEC DEE equipped model BASS
312. h are in automatic locking mode 1 When installing the child restraint system on the second row seat make sure that the center rear seat belt is routed through the seat belt guide 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 3 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts 6 If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap refer to the manufacturer s instructions to hook and tighte
313. h when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off refer to the theft deterrent system page 3 55 NOTE All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will not flash The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off refer to the theft deterrent system page 3 55 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within about 30 seconds Power liftgate button If your Mazda has a power liftgate page 3 30 the transmitter can open close the liftgate Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button wi
314. has been set Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Activation Deactivation To activate the system press up on the ON OFF switch The cruise main indicator light illuminates To deactivate the system press down on the ON OFF switch The cruise main indicator light turns off AWARNING Keep the ON OFF switch off when cruise control is not in use Leaving the ON OFF switch on when not using the cruise control is dangerous as you may hit one of the other buttons and put the vehicle in cruise control unexpectedly This could result in loss of vehicle control V To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by momentarily pressing up the ON OFF switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 19 mph Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 Press down or press up on the cruise control SET SET switch and release it at the speed you want Release the accelerator at the same time ag OFF SET Cruise control switch NOTE e Release the cruise control switch at the desired speed otherwise the speed will continue increasing while the switch is pulled up and continue decreasing while it is pulled down except when the accelerator pedal is depressed The SET function can t be activated until about 2 seconds after the ON OFF switch has been engaged Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down going up or speed up while going down
315. he or D position again Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights O e R N D M m Ja Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 43 BRAKE E Charging System Warning Light 5 45 ey fl Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5 45 a Check Engine Light 5 45 of Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Warning Light 5 46 ss ABS Warning Light 5 44 ee a rw Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 46 5 41 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Low Fuel Warning Light 5 47 TA Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5 47 A Seat Belt Warning Light Beep 5 47 Aah Door Ajar Warning Light 5 49 a Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5 49 AT Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5 49 AWD AWD Warning Light 5 49 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5 50 KEY KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green 5 52 lt gt Security Indicator Light 5 53 ZD Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 5 54 PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light 5 54 A TCS DSC Indicator Light 5 54 TCS TCS OFF Indicator Light 5 55 OFF CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 55 T BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 55
316. he Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 38 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada SAMPLE C E 1 DATE GVWRIPNBV O LB CIT KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV C110 LB IKG REAR GAWR PNBE AR CLO LB CII KG WITHIAVEC O TIRES PNEVS WITH AVEC TIRESIPNEVS RIMSMANTES RIMSMANTES O KPA LL PSI COLD A FROID KPAILL PSI COLD A FROID VIN O TYPE MI BAR CODE he J A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death o
317. he front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 67 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Monitoring and Maintenance VY Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light Front seat belt pretensioners Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Related wiring Driver seat slide position sensor Front passenger seat weight sensors eeeeeeeoeeeeee The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is being driven V Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e The air bag system warning light flashes e The air bag system warning light remains illuminated e The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position e The air bag system warning beep sound will be heard e The air bags have deployed e Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart For more details a
318. he track number will be displayed NOTE The CD will begin playback automatically after insertion A CD cannot be inserted while the display reads WAIT A beeping sound can be heard during this waiting time Simultaneously pressing the power volume dial and the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds will turn this beeping sound ON or OFF Normal insertion 1 Press the load button LOAD 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired tray number while WAIT is displayed 3 When IN is displayed insert the CD NOTE The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied Multiple insertion 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD 3 When IN is displayed again insert the next CD NOTE The first inserted CD will be played automatically when e No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds after IN is displayed e The CD trays are full Displaying the CD inserted tray number When you want to know the number for a CD inserted tray press the display button DISP The tray number will be displayed for 5 seconds Interior Comfort Audio System Ejecting the CD Normal
319. he vehicle has been put into use will extend the life of the body We recommend that you consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning this additional precaution V Bright Metal Maintenance e Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool e To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster e During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound A CAUTION Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration 8 56 Vv Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily
320. hen the liftgate is open Luggage Compartment Light V Courtesy Lights Turns on when any door is open or the illuminated entry system is on Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Information Display F eE DUAL DISCIN123456MDINSTII RPTRDM AUTOM OUTSIDE Fass mR gt el T ra EUT Ee eea AA IE al SaF Climate control display Clock Audio display Climate control display Front Driver passenger Ambient temperature display pap T Without navigation system TRACK HA SEEK V Information Display Functions The information display has the following functions e Clock e Ambient Temperature Display Outside Temperature Display e Climate Control Display e Audio Display Some models 6 123 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Clock NOTE When the trip computer is displayed press the CLOCK button to change the display to the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the time is displayed f Cie ap en an ee u kai Without navigation system Time setting 1 Press the CLOCK button until the beep sounds and the displayed time flashes 2 Press the H switch to set the hour 3 Press the M switch to set the minutes then press the CLOCK button Switching between 12 and 24 hour clock time 1 Press the audio control dial several ti
321. here the route remains unchanged after another search e A congested route may be shown It may show a common road under or over an elevated road The route shown only reaches a point near your destination if your destination has no direct access road or the road is too narrow It may show a route where you ll have to make a U turn Troubleshooting There may be some problems due to operational errors or mistakes Please read this manual again and verify that there really is a problem before calling an Expert Dealer we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer to ask for repair services Check point No picture gt i Check if a fuse has blown Consult an Expert Dealer we recommend an Authorized J Mazda Dealer E e N Check if the voltage level of the vehicle battery is low Display does Recharge the battery or change batteries not open or gt close FF Check if the vehicle position changed when ACC was set to 5 OFF 2 When for example F The vehicle e The vehicle was transported by a ferry boat o position is not gt e The vehicle was rotated on a turn table in a parking lot z correct e The vehicle was transported by a tow track or other such vehicle Drive the vehicle for a while where you are receiving GPS signals 57 Asessaoeu j 58 No GPS symbols are displayed The vehicle position is not displayed No v
322. hes 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds Press the power window switch 2 times firmly then pull it 2 times firmly Owner master control switch Driver s window Front passenger s PHT 2 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 3 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and within 40 seconds turn the ignition switch to the ON position and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds Press the power window switch 2 times firmly then pull 2 times firmly Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE The two step down function cannot be canceled if the procedure is not completed within the specified times or the procedure is changed along the way To redo the procedure first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and proceed from the beginning e Ifyou are unable to cancel the function despite carrying out the cancellation procedure consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Restoring the two step down function With the two step down function in the canceled state repeat the previous procedure for canceling the function on each door switch and it will be restored NOTE If you are unable to restore the function despite doing the restore procedure consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Jam safe window If a person s hands head or an object blocks the window during the manual closing operation or the auto cl
323. hicle NOTE The flashing KEY warning light red and the beep sound operate simultaneously page 3 20 KEY Indicator Light Green When illuminated When the start knob is pushed in from the LOCK position the system confirms that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle the KEY indicator light green illuminates and the start knob can be turned to the ACC position page 3 9 When flashing When the advanced key battery power is low the KEY indicator light flashes for 30 seconds after the start knob is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable page 3 6 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change Function Customization page 3 19 VY Security Indicator Light gp This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the ACC position and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes out If the engine doesn t start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authori
324. hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected V Undercoating This special coating is applied to the critical parts of the underside to protect vehicles from damage caused by chemicals or stones This coating is liable to be damaged with time Check this coating periodically An Authorized Mazda Dealer are well informed on how repairs should be made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating NOTE Don t use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating e Only use a mild soap or neutral detergent and always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads This helps prevent cor
325. hone power is turned on or there is no signal reception the headphone power turns off automatically If the headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received the headphone power turns off automatically The acceptable range for signals infrared rays from the Rear Entertainment System is as follows Rear Entertainment System Wireless headphone signal infrared rays transmitter The signals infrared rays can be received in any location on the rear seats However the rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable range A wireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats however the sound may skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signals are blocked e When affected by intense light such as direct sunshine 6 70 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e When the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Entertainment System transmitter e When the signal is blocked by an obstruction such as the seat Replacing the battery 1 Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent and remove the cover Remove the batteries Cover Screw 2 Insert two AAA size batteries Match the polarity of the batteries with the and marks in the battery case 3 Install the cover 4 Install the screw NOTE Battery life reference Manganese batteries About 20 hours Alkaline batteries About 40
326. hor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Second Row Center Seat The LATCH lower anchors at the center of the rear seat are much further apart than the sets of LATCH lower anchors for child restraint system installation at other seating positions Child restraint systems with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed on the center seating position Some LATCH equipped child restraint systems can be placed in the center position and will reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors which are 500 mm 19 7 in a
327. horized Mazda Dealer e Ifthe halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Front side marker lights Front turn signal lights 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Remove the attachment bolts and the coolant reservoir before replacing the light bulb 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Nn Remove the bulb by pushing it in slightly and turning it counterclockwise 8 40 Some models Front side marker lights 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 7 Install the coolant reservoir If you are unsure of how tight the bolts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Bolt tightening torque 6 9 11 8 0 71 2 5 1 8 7 N m kgfm ft lbf Fog lights 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the screws counterclockwise and remove them 3 Turn the screws and the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then remove the mudguard 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Carefully remov
328. hree positions on the second row seats Even if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 which automatically deactivates the front passenger air bag a rear seat is the safest place for a child of any age or size Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 45 A WARNING Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats Installation of a tether equipped child restraint system in the front passenger s seat or the third row seats defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered Place tether equipped child restraint systems where there are tether anchors 2 38 Y Second Row Seats Child Restraint System Installation Follow these instructions when using a child restraint system unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 45 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system or tether check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts whic
329. iate voice guidance Convenient Use of the Hands Free System V Phone book usage Phone book registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep New entry 5 Prompt Name please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Pager 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Pager for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt Number please 14 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Say the phone number to be registered Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Phone number registration Is this correct 16 Say Beep Yes 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone num
330. ic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 59 Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light V Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ib To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when e There is no passenger in the front passenger seat The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate e The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg 66 Ib The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the fro
331. ical eS Seek Switch Ss 8 gt a o O O O D e gt 82 When listening to the radio Pull up or press down the seek switch the radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Pull up or press down the seek switch for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not When playing a CD Pull up the seek switch to skip to the next track Press down the seek switch to repeat the current track Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services ae This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except i qualified service personnel Cautions If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following
332. ication charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged 5 30 NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may go out if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to go out If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it goes out e Tires can loose a little air quite naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that i
333. ident Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips A CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 31 YW Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION gt Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns gt Avoid locked wheel braking gt Do not use chains on a temporary spare tire it may result in damage to the vehicle and to the tire gt Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged gt Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped with P 245 50R20 specification tires could cause interference with the vehicle body and scratching If tire chains are to be used replace both front and rear tires with P245 60 R18 tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 4 10 NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the front tires Do not use chains on the rear tires Use only genuine Mazda tire chains Please consu
334. ie sound voice Subtitle language Language used for subtitles 6 84 Changing to a language other than English and Japanese NOTE e Languages other than English and Japanese can be set by entering the language code in the language code list Refer to Language code list on page 6 92 If the selected language is not recorded in the disc the language is not available 1 Move the cursor to Other by operating the select button up or down 2 Press the ENTER button and then operate the select button to the right Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English gt Other jx x xq Japanese Menu Language Audio Language gt English lt Other Kk ok Sub Title Japanese Language gt English Other K Kk k 3 Enter the desired language code by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down 4 Press the ENTER button to set the language of the entered language code NOTE If English or Japanese is selected afterward the previously entered language code is cleared Rating If the disc has a parental lock code viewing can be restricted Also the setting can be protected by a password to prevent someone changing the setting Viewing can be restricted by setting the parent lock level For example if the level is set to 6 level 7 or higher viewing is locked and cannot be played NOTE e Parent lock is not available depending on the disc The initia
335. ight is flashing you won t be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the advanced key including auxiliary key are needed Bring all the advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 51 Knowing Your Mazda Security System V Maintenance If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE The advanced keys including auxiliary key carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement advanced key including auxiliary key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost If an advanced key is lost consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose an advanced key including auxiliary key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible V Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed to it A CAUTION To avoid damage to your
336. ight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference e When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds VY Door Ajar Warning Light This warning light comes on when any door isn t securely closed Y Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light i rne I t 1 aaia This warning light indicates that little washer fluid remains Add fluid page 8 26 V Automatic Transaxle Warning Light AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem A CAUTION If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates the transaxle has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transaxle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Vv AWD Warning Light AWD 4WD This warning light stays on for a few seconds
337. igned for operation with a negative grounded 12 V DC battery system Do not disassemble Do not disassemble the product or attempt to repair it yourself If the product needs to be repaired take it to an authorized dealer we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer The presence of this Caution symbol in the text is intended to IN Caution alert you to the importance of heeding the operation instructions Failure to heed the instructions may result in injury or material damage Do not use the product where it is exposed to water moisture or dust Exposure to water moisture or dust may lead to smoke fire or other damage to the unit Make especially sure that the unit does not get wet in car washes or on rainy days Keep the voice guidance volume at an appropriate level Keep the volume level low enough to be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving Protect the Deck Mechanism Do not insert any foreign objects into the slot of this unit This navigation system is designed exclusively for use in automobiles This navigation system should only be installed in an automobile Do not install it in a ship aircraft or any other vehicles except an automobile Do not use it detached from the vehicle Do not insert or allow your hand or fingers to be caught in the unit To prevent injury do not get your hand or fingers caught in moving parts or in the disc slot Especially watch out for infants Cautions sn
338. ilizer system with advanced key e 3 50 Theft deterrent system 3 55 Service Publications cceee 9 45 Shopping Bag Hook uu eee 6 129 Side Extention Sunvisors 6 120 Spare Tire and Tool Storage 7 3 Specificati nSsus accriscia 10 4 Speedometer s sssssesseeees eseese esee 5 38 Starting the Engine cece 5 4 Steering Wheel cc eeeseeseeseeeees 3 57 HOM fs ihe seis E E 5 67 Storage Compartments 6 127 Armrest DOX ceceseeseeseeeees 6 128 Cargo securing loops 6 128 Cargo sub compartment 6 129 Center console ceeeeeeees 6 128 Com bokseren ea eiet 6 128 Glove bikes a 6 128 Overhead console 0 6 127 Shopping bag hook 6 129 Sunshade cecceeseseeeeteeeeeseeeees 3 49 SUNVISOLS einn e 6 120 T Tachometer s sesssseseeseseeseseesresrseee ee 5 39 Temporary Spare Tire ceeeee 8 35 Theft Deterrent System 006 3 55 Third Row Seat cceceseeeeseeeeeees 2 16 Tiedown HOOk aol estate 7 21 Tire Information cceeceseseeees 9 23 T Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 27 System error activation 5 31 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeees 5 29 Tires and wheels 0 0 cesses 5 31 Tires Plat Tires wantieeenl ain 7 3 Inflation pressure cceeee 8 33 Replacement
339. ill flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the request switch again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will not flash The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off refer to the theft deterrent system page 3 55 Front passenger door liftgate request switch To unlock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE e The request switch on the driver s door can be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the following pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 39 Opening Closing the Moonroof page 3 46 e Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are securely locked All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors and the liftgate are locked unlocked using the request switch If your prefer the beep sound can be turned off page 3 19 The setting can be changed so that the doors and the liftgate are locked automatically without pressing the request switch p
340. ime the SA on screen button is pressed Press the DISP button followed by the Emi on screen button to display the settings menu SETTINGS AN RETURN TO THE NAVI SCREEN MANUAL AUTO BEEP m OF 27 peyie s Bum 28 Returning to the navigation screen from the audio unit screen Select the NMA on screen button to set the function to return to the navigation screen from the audio unit screen by operation of the button only Select the ji on screen button to set the function to return to the navigation screen from the audio unit screen automatically after 20 seconds Beep sound settings Select the IQ on screen button to activate the operation beep sound Select the i on screen button to deactivate the operation beep sound Screen change Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving Warning Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving Minimize the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system 1 Select on North Up Geographic north is up screen button H p ezs Buma F MW ETe M EER Por Henory Pr Head Up The direction you are orientation P heading is up Select g or amp
341. in case it is left open after getting out of the vehicle NOTE With advanced key If the auto lock function page 3 8 has been activated the doors and the lifigate automatically lock as you walk away from the vehicle however for safety reasons the moonroof cannot be closed When leaving the vehicle close the moonroof using the tilt or slide switch inside the vehicle the key or a request switch With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder 3 47 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Turn the key toward the back and hold it After the doors and the liftgate are locked the moonroof closes as long as the key is turned With request switch on the driver s door Advanced key 1 If the doors and the liftgate are locked unlock them 2 Press the request switch on the driver s door and hold it After the doors and the liftgate are locked the moonroof closes as long as the request switch is pressed 3 48 VW Jam safe Moonroof If a person s hands head or an object blocks the moonroof during closing operation the moonroof will stop and open halfway A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the moonroof just before it reaches the fully closed position Blocking the moonroof just before it reaches the closed position is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the moonroof from stopping If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur NOTE e Dependi
342. in to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback During MP3 CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display MP3 compatible type Each time the display button DISP is pressed during playback the display will switch in the following order Interior Comfort Audio System
343. indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 51 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 8 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key KEY This indicator has two colors KEY Warning Light Red When illuminated e When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position it illuminates momentarily and then goes out e If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system it illuminates continuously 5 52 A WARNING Do not drive the vehi
344. ing INT ring Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Type B With AUTO position Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down AUTO Auto control 1 Low speed 2 High speed For a single wiping cycle push the lever up to MIST forward and release it MIST Mist AUTO Auto wiper control When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wiper on or off automatically off intermittent low speed high speed 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever From the center position normal turn the switch towards for higher sensitivity faster response or turn the switch towards for less sensitivity slower response Less sensitivity Switch Center position Higher sensitivity A CAUTION gt Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly x Rain sensor 5 64 gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt Ifthe windshield is struck with a h
345. ing the Map Orientation Scale Routing Destination Entry and Route Search cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 30 Change Change Search Area Address Point of interest Emergency Memory Point Home Preset Destination Previous Destination Intersection Freeway On Off Ramp Coordinates Select from map QUO E RO a a a A 38 Displaying POI s on a Map Local Search Deleting POI Markers Showing POI Data Character ENUY siisii ti iiaii tiia iiiaae 39 Street name city name and other input House phone number and other input Direct Destination Input saesseeesssnneessesssnnnessseennnnnnssrrennnnnnssens 40 Direct Destination Input Selecting Route POI Icons on Maps Delete Destination ccccsseeeeeeeee 41 POI Point of Interest Icons Delete destination RO te Op ONS 2 sc a a a aa ateasdesotieneasedsdpersatiastecatigaatetees 42 Route Preferences Modification of Destination or Way Point Positions Deletion of Destination or Way Points Detour Turn List Display Preview Route Preview Advanced use Address Book Address Book urse find die adie die dua dis sivas danced nania duns 46 Memory Point Storage Memory Point Confirmation and Modification Preset Destinations or Home Storage Memory Point Deletion All Memory Point Deletion Displays Icons at Memory Points Avoid Area Storage Avoid Area Confirmation and Modification A
346. inment System Playable DISC specification CD R and CD RW including MP3 WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Name Standard Explanation Level 1 1SO9660 Level 2 CD R CD RW format Joliet ISO9660 extension Romeo Multi session Supported Maximum hierarchy imber 8 hierarchies Including root Maximum folder 256 folders number 512 files Total capacity included in a disc Files other than MP3 or WMA are not Maximum file number included Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com Playable MP3 file specification Playable MP3 files are as follows Item Content MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3 Specification MPEG2 5 AUDIO LAYER3 MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3 MPEG1 32 44 1 48kHz Sampling frequency MPEG2 16 22 05 24kHz MPEGI 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 160 192
347. instruction manual accompanying the AV equipment to be used Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK 5 Press the SOURCE button and select position the AUX mode Refer to Mode on page 6 73 2 If a power supply is necessary connect the outlet to the power outlet Refer to Power outlet on page 6 88 3 Connect the image cable and sound cables to the input terminals Accessory socket DC12 V 10 A Plug Auxiliary Q AV terminals equipment Red J gt es 6 Operate the equipment following the SERI a instruction manual accompanying the Sound cable Right Image cable equipment Sound cable Left NOTE e For monaural equipment with one sound output terminal connect the terminal to either of the sound input terminals Red and White The sound is output from the speaker to which the terminal has been connected e Noise may occur depending on the connected equipment 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 6 91 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Language Code List
348. interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats A CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar CD TEXT Music CDs are available in which separate music data including album title names music name artist name and other textual information can be recorded The data sta
349. ion such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface If the AWD warning light illuminates If the AWD warning light illuminates contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the AWD warning light flashes Park the vehicle in a safe place After a few moments if the warning light stops flashing you can resume driving If the light does not stop flashing contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Never spin a wheel that is off the ground Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating oil leakage and a fire YW Tires and Tire Chains The condition of the tires plays a large role in the performance of the vehicle Moreover to prevent adverse effects to the drive assembly please note the following Tires e When replacing tires always replace all front and rear tires at the same time e All tires must be of the same size manufacture brand and tread pattern Pay particular attention when equipping snow or other types of winter tires Do not mix tread worn tires with normal tires e Inspect tire inflation pressures at the specified periods and adjust to the specified pressures NOTE Check the tire inflation pressure label attached to driver s door frame for the correct tire inflation
350. ion was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Y Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com e This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played e ISO 9660 level 1 e ISO 9660 level 2 e Joliet extended format e Romeo extended format e This unit handles
351. ion also disables some of the security features and may run the battery down ACC Accessory The steering wheel unlocks and some electrical accessories will operate Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 41 NOTE When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality NOTE Vibration of the brake pedal may be felt when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position however this is a normal operation of the DSC RSC and does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked after the engine is started page 5 41 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC position with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Starting the Engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fast
352. ipment Customer Assistance cccescereereereees 9 2 Customer Assistance U S A oo 9 2 Customer Assistance Canada 9 4 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 7 Customer Assistance Mexico 9 8 Mazda Importer Distributors 9 10 Importer Distributor 0 0 0 0 cece 9 10 Distributor in Each Area 9 10 WAELAMLY ssssscccrsetsstesssoseseteescesendeatoacesvasecns Warranties for Your Mazda Outside the United States and Ca ada c cnscccsscescdvesces Fonna 9 13 Outside the United States 0 9 14 Outside Canada cccccsceessseeeees 9 15 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada j etree Aeneas 9 16 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOLICS oo eeeeeseeeceeceecteceeeeeneeneees 9 17 Cell Pome ssccssccssssssssscssscesesessnese 9 18 Cell Phones Warning cee 9 18 Type Approval of Equipment 9 19 Type Approval of Equipment MEXICO eeeeeeecescesceseeeeeneeeeeeeeseenes 9 19 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS n ccsccscscssssssscscsssssssesssssssseseseees 9 21 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOGS mn eyss eoii ie 9 21 Tire Information except Canada 9 23 Wire Labeling erover eaa 9 23 Location of the Tire Label Placard oonan iaa 9 29 Tire Maintenance ceeeeeeeseeeeeee 9 32 Vehicle Loading 0 0 eee eeeeeeeteeees 9 35 Steps for Det
353. is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body gt Take up slack Keep low on hip bone y A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts A W a SS Button NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer To secure the outboard third seat belts when not in use insert the belts in their seat belt retainers 5 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Shoulder Belt Adjuster Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if the seat belt touches your neck or if it crosses your arm instead of your shoulder To raise the shoulder belt adjuster push the adjuste
354. is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Do not use the washer without first warming the windshield and never use plain tap water Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing temperatures is dangerous The washer fluid could freeze on the windshield and block your vision You could have an accident NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they don t resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative Y Windshield Wipers Type A With INT position Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down INT Intermittent 1 Low speed 2 High speed For a single wiping cycle push the lever up to MIST forward and release it MIST Mist Variable speed intermittent wipers Set the lever to INT and choose the interval timing by rotating the r
355. is not in the list go back to Step 1 and try fewer characters Display up to five previous suggestions Display the previous suggestions Text flow Right Street name Soi Text flow Left city name a The order of the displayed list SEN ari oe e order of the displayed lis and other s can be changed Displayed input Move the cursor to the previous list varies or J may not be a displayed depending on what position and delete a character was input The list appears Select Bulynoy Additional text can be input Use when inputting additional characters after the list is displayed Examples Street CANAL Street 52nd Ave Enter by selecting characters Enter by selecting characters GIATOOCUOUU Belida MIAUINC S O Select the characters on Select Ea the screen House phone PHONE NUMBER Move the cursor to number and CI the previous position and delete a other input BEE j character 7 8 0 39 Direct Destination Input Direct Destination Input Touch the map to set the cursor to the desired destination The map bia scrolls faster the further away the touched location is from the cursor Scroll the map and change the map scale if necessary 1640 360 ST NE WASHINGTON OC J Select Ezz a IN Select Ezz Route calculation will be carried out and the entire route will be displayed on the map
356. is opening electrically the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate will move in the reverse direction automatically If condition 2 is not satisfied while the power liftgate is closing electrically the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate continues closing e When condition 2 is satisfied you can resume power liftgate open close operation with the switches When the ignition switch is in the ON position the transmitter does not operate Operation using the transmitter Press the open close button on the transmitter for one second or more with the power liftgate in the fully closed open position The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate opens closes after the beep sounds Refer to Keyless Entry System on page 3 13 3 32 Operation from the driver s seat To open close Press the power liftgate switch for about one second or more while the liftgate is in the fully closed open position The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate opens closes fully after the beep sound is heard Power liftgate _ switch Operation from outside To close only Press the power liftgate close switch for about one second or more while the liftgate is fully opened The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate closes automatically after the beep sound is heard Power liftgate close switch NOTE If the power liftgate switch power liftgate close switch
357. isc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD a Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 14 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term re
358. isc menu The unique functions of each DVD disc are recorded as the menu This is referred to as the disc menu Various menu related images and sound are recorded in the disc menu Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Displaying selecting top menu disc menu 1 To display the top menu on the screen press the MENU button while the disc is not being played To display the disc menu on the screen press the MENU button during playback 2 Move the cursor to the desired menu by operating the select button up down or left right U3 Press the ENTER button to operate the selected menu 4 To return to playback press the MENU button or the STOP button then the PLAY button Function menu In the function menu the following items can be selected operated while in playback Language sound and subtitle selection DVD video and DVD audio Subtitle ON OFF DVD video 3 Display angle change DVD video and DVD audio Sound output balance adjustment Video CD Repeat random playback Video CD DVD audio and audio CD DVD video function menu ee as 1 001 _ 001 300 03 03 2 i p gt A eo ILI Ma Ea eae S 6 77 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD audio function menu G 001 T 001 00 01 03 1 gt ai is i LP G a Video CD audio CD function menu T 001 300 03 03 J LIR ALL DP NOTE e In the function menu the title gr
359. isplay The audio system status is displayed To operate the audio system refer to Audio System page 6 17 gt Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit and injured or objects could be thrown around the vehicle causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans A CAUTION To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep cup holders closed when not in use 6 125 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment WV Front To use the cup holder push the release button VW Rear Second row seat Cup holders are located in the armrest Third row seat Cup holders are located in the third row seat side trims 6 126 Some models Right side N Left side 5 a Bottle Holder Bottle holders are on the inside of the doors A CAUTION Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed Interior Comfor
360. it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS e Ifthe TCS is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition switch is turned on e Leaving the TCS on will provide the best traction e Ifthe TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed is more than 15 km h 9 mph it automatically activates and the TCS OFF indicator light will turn off e Ifthe TCS OFF switch is pressed and held for 10 seconds or more the TCS OFF switch malfunction detection function operates and the TCS and DSC RSC system activates automatically The TCS OFF indicator light turns off while the TCS system is operative Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety The Roll Stability Control RSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control rolling when cornering at a higher speed or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 7 and TCS page 5 22 DSC RSC operation is possible at speeds greater than 15
361. ition for manual operation or remove the ice dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto wiper operation Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Y Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer doesn t work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s OK consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 65 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Rear Window Wiper and DENISY The ignition switch must be in the ON position Y Rear Window Wiper Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper washer switch ON Normal INT Intermittent V Rear Window Washer To spray washer fluid turn the rear wiper washer switch to the amp position After the switch is released the washer will stop If the washer doesn t work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s OK and the washer still doesn t work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 66 Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster clears frost fog and thin ice from the rear window The ignition switch must be in the ON position Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster The rear window defroster operates for about 15 minutes and turns off automatically The indicator light illuminates during operation The defroster operatio
362. ity Backing up Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience Back slowly and have a helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident To turn the trailer place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the direction you want the trailer to go Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or prolonged turning 4 17 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Ascending a hill Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine or both Descending a hill Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect A WARNING Always use lower gears to reduce speed Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could cause the brakes to overheat and lose power resulting in loss of control and a serious accident Use lower gears to help reduce speed Pull off the road and allow brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced Overheated engine The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep upgrades If the temperature gauge indicates overheating turn off the air conditioner drive safely to the side of the road park off the right of way and wait for engine to cool Refer to Overheating page 7 14 Parking Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked Apply the parking brake firmly and put the
363. ity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 61 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to roll over detection The following illustrations are examples of accidents that may not be detected as a roll over accident Therefore the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not deploy Pitch end over end QTO OLY 2 62 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions page 2 50 carefully Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnost
364. ke assist operation and does not indicate an abnormality e The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system Brake Pad Wear Indicator When the disc brake pads become worn the built in wear indicators contact the disc plates This causes a screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced When you hear this noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with worn disc pads Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transaxle Controls Various Lockouts Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position gt Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE This Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transaxle giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as you change speeds If you notice the engine s
365. kers 2 Stereo playback is produced 3 Audio is not produced from the headphones Listen to this audio from the speakers Unplayable discs e Discs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table e Discs not including 1 or ALL in region code e Discs recorded in other than NTSC e g PAL or SECAM 6 53 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e DVD ROM DVD RAM DVD RW CD ROM CDV CD G CVD VSD SVCD SACD photo CDs non conventional discs e g heart shaped and partially transparent discs e Discs recorded in CD TEXT format e HD DVD and Blu ray discs Handling of discs e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs or discs with a memory portion that is transparent or translucent The unit could be damaged Transparent e When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs Pick up the discs by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not write on or attach labels stickers or similar to discs Defective cracked or badly bent discs should never be used A new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the p
366. km h 9 mph Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving under bad road conditions lower the vehicle speed and drive carefully Reckless driving and excessive speed under any road conditions is dangerous as it reduces vehicle stability and operability which could result in an accident 5 25 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt The DSC RSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC RSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used ora temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes gt Do not modify the suspension steering wheel and tires It may affect the DSC RSC gt Do not install non genuine speakers since their vibration may affect the DSC RSC sensors Y TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a fe
367. l PHONES roesit rs ensinei 9 18 Center Console nrn anana 6 128 Index C Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 34 Installing child restraint SA a CERT A 2 38 LATCH child restraint SYSTEMS aaeoa esa r T eap aR 2 45 Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors 3 28 Climate Control System e 6 2 Gas specifications 0 10 5 Clock tiscnckieumrieiie aa 6 124 Com Boxe yeni ein n 6 128 Courtesy Lights c eeceeeseeees 6 122 Cruise Control cccececesseeseeseeeees 5 19 Cup Holder2 2 25 2 aan ti oeees 6 125 Customer Assistance cceseeeereee 9 2 D Dashboard Illumination 5 40 Daytime Running Lights 5 61 Defroster Rear window ccseeseeseeteeeeees 5 66 Dimensions cceceeceeeereeeeeeteeeees 10 5 Door Locks snan nin 3 25 Driving In Flooded Area 00 4 11 Diving Tipsini renne acncntiaes 4 6 Automatic transaxle 0 5 15 Break in period ceceeeeseees 4 6 Driving in flooded area 4 11 Hazardous driving ccecee 4 7 Money saving suggestions 4 6 Rocking the vehicle eee 4 9 Winter driving 0 0 eceeseseeeeees 4 9 Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSE cease ee Heian 5 25 TCS DSC RSC Indicator light 5 26 11 3 Index E Emergency Starting eseeeeees 7 16 Flooded engine eceeeeeee 7 16 Jump starting 0 eee eeeee
368. l password setting when purchased is 0000 Mark Audio Aspect Rating Change Level Country Change kkk K Password Change Rating change Parent lock level setting Country change Setting for the country where the disc is being played Password change Registered password changes Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Changing the Rating setting 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password H k k x Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the Rating change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it Mark Audio Aspect Level gt No Limit lt 4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 All Limit 3 Select the desired parent lock level and press the ENTER button to set 6 85 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country change NOTE It is necessary to set the country code because the parent lock level is different depending on the country When using the unit in U S A set the country code to 3018 The parent lock function is disabled without the country code setting page 6 94 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit p
369. l the repeat play select the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Select the MGA on screen button during playback and then select the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly 2 Select the button again to cancel the repeat play Random play Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Select the on screen button during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly 2 Select the button again to cancel the random play During MP3 CD playback Folder random 1 Select the on screen button during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly 2 To cancel the random play press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Select the Fy on screen button during playback and then select the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly 2 Select the button again to cancel the random play Audio sound adjustment Refer to Power Volume Sound Controls Operating tips for audio control switch VOICE switch Refer to Voice Recognition lt page 50 gt c 2 e O ge p e 3 81 Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume pull up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch yout ay 2 Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio gt FM2 radio gt AM radio gt CD changer gt SIRIUS gt cycl
370. larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 34 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 50 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions or roll over accident that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts Children should not ride in the front passenger seat Placing a child 12 years or under in the front seat is dangerous The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate right side collision Whenever possible always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seats with an appropriate child restraint system for the child s age and size Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy
371. layed once and the playback stops RND All files are played randomly RNF Files in the current folder are played randomly NOTE If RND or RNF is selected during a playlist playback files on the playlist are played randomly Refer to Playlist File Playback on page 6 82 Selection file While in FOLDER display mode 1 Move the cursor to the folder file information display window by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Move the cursor to the desired folder file by operating the select button up or down 3 Press the ENTER button to play the selected file or to move to the selected folder NOTE To return to an upper hierarchy move the cursor to the PARENT FOLDER and press the ENTER button 6 82 While in TREEIDX display mode 1 Move the cursor to the folder file information display window by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Move the cursor to the folder where the desired file is located by operating the select button up or down 3 Press the ENTER button Playback starts from the first track in the selected folder NOTE e A mark is attached to a folder if the folder has a playable MP3 WMA file Ifa disc including a playlist is being played the playlist file can be selected Playlist file playback Playlist files can be played using the following procedure 1 Set the display mode to the TREEIDX mode Refer to Changing the display mode on page 6 8
372. lease NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 The new phone number to be registered Is this correct 14 Say Beep Yes 15 Prompt Number changed Would you like to call this number edit another entry or say cancel to return to main menu Phone book data deletion Erasing individual phone book data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be cleared 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Delete 6 111 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say List names or say cancel to return to main menu 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phone book 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex John s ph
373. leaving the doors unlocked The windows can be opened for ventilating the cabin before getting in the vehicle With unlock button Keyless entry system Press once then press again within 1 5 seconds and hold After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the two front windows and the moonroof open while the unlock button is pressed To stop the windows and the moonroof while opening release the button If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows and the moonroof open 3 40 Advanced key Panic button Lock button Unlock button Liftgate button Retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Panic button NOTE The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially The lock button cannot be used to close the power windows With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder 2 Turn the key toward the front and hold it After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the windows fully open automatically Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Turn the key toward the back and hold it After the doors and the liftgate are locked the windows close as long as the key is turned To stop this operation turn the key to the center position then turn it toward the front again NOTE The window opening operation also can be stopped by turning the key toward the back However the doors and the liftgate will lock
374. level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Discharged battery Jumper cables Booster battery 7 18 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 V Push Starting and that its negative terminal is grounded Do not push start your Mazda 2 If the booster battery is in another NOTE vehicle don t allow both vehicles to You can t start a vehicle with an automatic touch Turn off the engine of the transaxle by pushing it vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles 3 Connect
375. liability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet condition c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 15 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible Y When Refueling e Brake fluid level page 8 23 e Engine coolant level page 8 21 e Engine oil level page 8 20 e Washer fluid level page 8 26 Vv At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 33 Vv At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and Fall e Automatic transaxle fluid level page 8 24 e Power steering fluid level page 8 24 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual e Engine coolant page 8 21 e Engine oil page 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service ma
376. ll activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter V Auxiliary Key Function Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the event of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction Removing the auxiliary key Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key Locking unlocking the doors The doors can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Locking Unlocking with Key page 3 26 Starting the engine The engine can be started with the auxiliary key refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 Locking unlocking the glove box The glove box can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Glove Box page 6 128 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Key Suspend Function If one advanced key is left in the vehicle and a second advanced key is used to lock it the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle is temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable e Starting the engine using the start knob e Operating the request s
377. ll handle differently with a trailer in tow so practice turning backing and stopping in a traffic free area Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance increases with a trailer For each 16 km h 10 mph of speed allow at least one vehicle and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration Avoid sudden braking It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing especially so on wet or slippery roads Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when heavily loaded These positions will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting Lane changes and turning Avoid quick lane changes sudden turns and tight turns Slow down before turning to avoid the need of sudden braking A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle Compensate with turns that are larger than normal e Passing Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles and provide plenty of room before changing lanes Crosswinds from passing vehicles especially larger ones and the effects of rough roads will affect handling If swaying occurs firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately but gradually Steer straight ahead If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made the combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stabil
378. ll joints and wheel bearing axial play I I I y I I Rear differential oil AWD s Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I All locks and hinges L L LILI LY _LYLY LILyLYILyiLe Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 10 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or usi
379. lled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children Always use seat belts and child restraints 2 36 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags the impact of inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if
380. long the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips When hanging clothes hang them on the coat hook directly Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a side collision or roll over accident Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats 2 52 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle I
381. loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine Before Getting In After Getting In Be sure the windows outside mirrors and outside lights are clean Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks If you
382. lt an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains 1 Secure the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions 2 Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km 14 1 2 mile Driving In Flooded Area AWARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Overloading AWARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle 4 11 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing Except Mexico Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to
383. ly the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute After that the one minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous Ina collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy
384. ly when speed is reduced to the following Gear Vehicle speed M6 M5 47 km h 29 mph M5 M4 37 km h 22 mph M4 M3 26 km h 16 mph M3 or M2 M1 9 km h 5 mph NOTE The gear does not shift down to M1 automatically while in the second gear fixed mode If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds or lower the gears shift down automatically Gear Vehicle speed M6 M5 230 km h 142 mph M5 M4 90 km h 55 mph M4 M3 65 km h 40 mph M3 gt M2 40 km h 24 mph Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 65 km h 40 mph M4 to M5 73 km h 45 mph MS to M6 80 km h 50 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Driving Tips Passing For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1
385. m Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed SATELLITE RADIO SAT Vehicles equipped with the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit have the ability to receive channels of digital quality programming coast to coast via satellite For information on use read the Satellite Radio Kit manual accompanying the SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit A subscription to SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is required available in the U S Except Alaska and Hawaii to enable this feature once the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit has been installed For subscription and channel information or for digital satellite radio technical issues contact SIRIUS directly at Web www siriusradio com Phone 24 hrs day 7 days week 888 539 SIRI 7474 E mail customercare sirius radio com Mailing Addre
386. m UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance V Tread Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate VY Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Y Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dis
387. m changes to manual operation Sensor NOTE The liftgate has sensors on both sides Be careful not to damage them If the sensors are damaged the power liftgate will not function properly The jam safe equipment does not activate during easy closure operation when the power liftgate is between the door ajar position and fully closed position When the power liftgate is moving in the open close direction and an obstruction is detected the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate moves in the opposite direction 3 33 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE If the system repeatedly detects an object obstructing the power liftgate in the open close direction several times the beep sound will be heard and the system changes to manual operation Power liftgate drop prevention mechanism The power liftgate drop prevention mechanism activates if the system detects weight such as that caused by a snow laden liftgate when it is opened electrically After the liftgate is fully opened the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate closes automatically NOTE If the power liftgate is snow laden remove the snow before operating the liftgate Trying to force the power liftgate closed manually immediately after it has fully opened automatically may activate the liftgate drop prevention mechanism However this does not indicate a malfunction Liftgate easy closure The Easy Closure system automatically
388. m kgfm ft lbf Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Open the cargo sub compartment Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on page 6 129 6 Remove the cover 7 12 7 Remove the belt for securing the flat tire 8 Return the third row seatback to its original position Refer to Fold the Third Row Seat on page 2 17 9 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools and jack 10 Place the flat tire in the cargo sub compartment 11 Thread the belt through the wheel as shown in the figure then attach the belt clips to the attachment loop NOTE Attach location 1 of the belt to the attachment loop on the right Buckle Belt clips 12 Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 13 Check the tire inflation pressure Refer to the specification charts on page 10 6 14 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could
389. m can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings but is not a complete substitute The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes and other maneuvers Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is traveling and the vehicle s surroundings NOTE The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km h 20 mph The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper page 5 36 e The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer The radar sensors do not detect human animal or static objects such as fences In addition the system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position The system resumes automatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position Some models 5 33 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations The BSM system may not operate properly under the following conditions Ice snow or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors e During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow or under conditions where water is sprayed The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material such as stickers or a bicycle carrier The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle especially the following types of
390. m continues for about 30 seconds then stops If the system is triggered again the lights and horn will activate until a door or the liftgate is unlocked with the key or with the transmitter Knowing Your Mazda Security System V How to Arm the System 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch With advanced key Turn the start knob to the LOCK position 2 Make sure the hood is closed Close and lock all doors and the liftgate from the outside using the key If you have the keyless entry system press the lock button on the transmitter With advanced key Press a request switch or the lock button on the transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Without advanced key The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system Close the hood and the liftgate Press the area on the door lock switch marked A once Close all doors V To Turn off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e Insert the key into the ignition switch and turn it to the ON position e With advanced key e Press a request switch or the unlock button on the transmitter e Turn the start knob to the ON position The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Some models 3 55 Knowing
391. m position when defogging SV position Using the position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE e Press the windshield defroster switch to change the mode to the interconnection mode automatically The system does not change to the individual operation mode by pressing the DUAL switch or turning the front passenger temperature control dial e Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly 6 11 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation Rear V Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled 6 12 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode For vehicles with rear full auto air conditioning the airflow mode can be selected according to the purpose of use Instrument panel Vents Floor Vents 6 13 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Control Panel Rear Front AUTO switch amp sens eo oo ons sks REAR sae ae switc
392. m the ignition switch e The driver s door is open NOTE Memory will also be erased if any of the following operations are performed e The advanced key retractable type key code has been changed Refer to Immobilizer System with Advanced Key on page 3 50 Refer to Immobilizer System without Advanced Key on page 3 52 Refer to Immobilizer System on page 3 52 The vehicle battery is disconnected for vehicle maintenance or other reasons Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat Manually operated To increase the seat firmness pull the lever forward Push the lever backward to decrease firmness XQ SS Essential Safety Equipment Seats Electrically operated The amount of lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the switch To increase the seat firmness press and hold the front part of the switch to the desired position then release it Press the rear part of the switch to decrease firmness YW Head Restraint A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision 2 9 Essential Safety Equipment Seats To raise a head restraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint
393. mage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from D to R Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Winter Driving e Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper flares a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions e Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 21 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections e Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but don t use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 26 Don t use the parking brake in freezing weather as the parking brake may freeze Instead shift to P and block the rear wheels e e e Y Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Don t go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an acc
394. mation If the Bluetooth Hands Free is operated information such as radio wave reception conditions of the Bluetooth Hands Free are displayed on the screen For details refer to the Bluetooth Hands Free in the owner s manual PusHPOWER VOL Bluetooth Hands Free information w i D D S I D 2 o a T f D 5 N Q D O z5 o lt 2
395. me is about 10 to 15 minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the phone button when you are ready to begin Press and hold the phone button to cancel at any time 4 Press the phone button Short press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 790 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 45 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed e Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four e Must be read out Pound e x Must be read out Star e Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex Interior
396. mes until 12Hr and 24Hr clock time are displayed 2 Turn the audio control dial in either direction select the desired clock setting and press the audio control dial Press the dial while the preferred clock time is flashing 6 124 With navigation system Refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM NOTE Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS however it is necessary to adjust hours under the following conditions Driving across different time zones Daylight saving time start and end Vv Ambient Temperature Display When the ignition switch is in the ON position press the OUTSIDE switch page 6 6 to display the ambient temperature OUTSIDE E 1 LIF NOTE e Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions e Significantly cold or hot temperatures Sudden changes in ambient temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds e Press the OUTSIDE switch a few seconds or more to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa e Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditioner VY Climate Control Display The climate control system status is displayed To operate the climate control system refer to Climate Control System page 6 2 V Audio D
397. mfort Rear Entertainment System 3 Press the ENTER button The selected menu is highlighted to indicate that the menu is selected Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English gt Other xxexd Japanese English gt Other KKK Sub Title Japanese Language English gt Other KKK Menu Language Audio Language 4 Select the item to be set by operating the select button up or down Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other KKK Audio Language Japanese Menu Language English Other K k k k Japanese gt English lt Other Kk k k Sub Title Language 6 83 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 5 Press the ENTER button The highlighted color returns to the previous color to indicate that the selected item is set Rating Mark Audio Aspect Menu Language Japanese P English Other KKKX Audio Language Japanese English Other ok ok Ok ok Sub Title Japanese Language English lt Other k k k 6 To finish the function menu on the monitor display press the SET UP MENU or STOP button Lang Language Sound and subtitles can be changed to the desired language Rating Mark Audio Aspect Menu Language Japanese p gt English Other x KKK Audio Language gt Japanese English Other ok k k k Sub Title Japanese Language English lt Other Kk k k Menu language Language used for top menu disc menu Sound language Language used for mov
398. mportant that you fully understand the pictographs and explanations in order to use this manual and the system properly The presence of this Warning symbol in the text is intended to alert you to the importance of heeding the operation instructions Failure to heed the instructions may result in severe injury or death Warnings Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving Minimize the time spent on viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and can cause accidents Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system Always obey local traffic regulations Your guided route may include roads that are not open to vehicles or are closed due to traffic regulations Comply with the local traffic regulations and take another route Do not use the unit when it is out of order If the unit is out of order no image no sound or in an abnormal state has foreign matter in it is exposed to water is smoking or smells then turn it off immediately and consult with an authorized dealer we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer Using the unit in an out of order condition may lead to accidents fires or electric shocks Use the proper power supply This product is des
399. n dard for recording textual information to these kinds of music CDs is termed CD TEXT There are two regions of a CD where textual information can be recorded which include regions related to the entire CD Attributes recorded for the entire CD and individual track regions Attributes recorded for individ ual tracks the entire CD CD TEXT each track Textual information recording attributes for Albun artist information 7 Textual information recording attributes for 01 Track Track artist information 1 02 Track Track artist information 2 As for this audio unit textual information Track artist information which can be recorded on individual track regions appears on the display Textual information Album artist and other information which can be recorded to regions related to the entire CD does not appear on the display Unless all the textual information is input in one byte characters a dotted line will appear in place of the textual information even if one of the characters is not a one byte character Two byte character Textual information does not appear on the display Textual information such as ABCDEFG appears in the display Textual information such as HIJKLMN appears in the display gt c 2 e O xo p e 3 67 Operating Tips for Display Do not place any objects on the dashboard I
400. n this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible Vv Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts p at SS Tm NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Unfastening the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt Insert a small object such as a key in the anchor buckle B slot CAUTION Always unfasten the lap portion of the belt before folding the left rear seatback Leaving the lap portion of the belt fastened could cause damage to the seat belt buckle and seatback NOTE To encourage rear seat passengers to wear their seat belts we suggest leaving the center rear lap position of the belt fastened at all times except when folding the rear seat forward V Fastening the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt Grasp tongue A and insert it into the anchor buckle B until you hear a click It is now secure for passenger use NOTE After returning the left rear seatback to its upright position guide the shoulder portion of the belt correctly through the seat belt guide and fasten the lap portion of the belt Essential Safety Equipment
401. n 1 Press the LOAD EJECT button 2 Press the A on screen button lightly 3 The CD ejects after the display is opened and the desired tray number flashes 4 The display closes automatically after the ejection is fully completed If the CD is not removed from the slot within 15 seconds it will be re inserted When this happens or if the LOAD EJECT button is pressed again the CD ejecting operation will be canceled Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press the LOAD EJECT button 2 Press the desired CD tray number then press pzy on screen button lightly The CD ejecting operation cancels if the jz On screen button is not pressed for about 30 seconds after the desired tray number is pressed or if the LOAD EJECT button is pressed again 3 The CD will be ejected automatically after the display is opened and the desired tray number flashes If only one CD is inserted in the tray the display opens and the CD is ejected without pressing 330 on screen button If the CD is not removed from the slot within 15 seconds or if the LOAD EJECT button is pressed the CD ejecting operation will be canceled 4 The display closes after the CD is ejected Multiple ejection 1 Press the LOAD EJECT button 2 Press the 7 on screen button for 1 5 seconds or more The CD ejects after the display is opened and the desired tray number flashes 3 Pull out the CD 4 The next CD will be ejected automatically This operation repeats u
402. n and off Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button BP to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button lt lt to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button V once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Disc search During music CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button DISCA or DISCV during playback During MP3 CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button DISCA or DISCV for 1 5 seconds or more during playback 6 42 Folder search during MP3 CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button DISCV for less than 1 5 seconds or press the folder up button DISCA for less than 1 5 seconds to advance to the next folder Music scan This feature helps to find a program by playing about the first 10 seconds of each track Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button aga
403. n can be confirmed by the indicator in the display To turn off the rear window defroster before the 15 minutes has elapsed press the switch again 3 Gy REAR E Indicator light CAUTION Don t use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defroster grid inside the window NOTE This defroster is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defroster Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Horn To sound the horn press the be mark on the steering wheel 5 67 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Hazard Warning Flasher The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 5 68 Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio
404. n not be played High temperature malfunction If the temperature surrounding the DVD player area exceeds 88 C 190 F the DVD player operation is stopped to protect the unit When the temperature decreases to 70 C 158 F or less the protective circuit function is cleared and the operation is restored HOT PROTECT DVD SHUTDOWN System errors Common to each mode Power malfunction An error message is displayed if the power supply to the rear entertainment system drops About 9 5 V or less and the power is turned off The power is restored when the power supply to the rear entertainment system is 10 Vor more BATTERY ERROR High temperature malfunction If the temperature around the LCD area exceeds 95 C 203 F the power supply is turned off to protect the LCD When the temperature around the LCD area is 85 C 185 F or less the protective circuit function is cleared and the operation is restored HOT PROTECT RSES SHUTDOWN Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 6 99 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptoms and Actions If any malfunction is suspected verify the following before requesting a repair If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure have the system inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some functions are not available depending on the disc Read the instruction manual attached to the disc before operating Symptom Cau
405. n the tether strap after raising the head restraint Anchor bracket location Tether strap position Tether strap 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 40 YW Third Row Seats Child Restraint System Installation The third row seats cannot accommodate LATCH type child restraint systems or tethers therefore these systems must be installed on the other seat positions such as the second row seat If this not possible LATCH type child restraint systems or tethers should be installed using seat b
406. n water snow mud sand or similar hazards e Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering e Do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the front wheels e Do not perform abrupt maneuvers when the road surface changes such as from a paved road to gravel because the reaction of the vehicle against the driving operation changes e e Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips e For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or other nonslip material under the front wheels NOTE Use snow chains only on the front wheels Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Roll over A WARNING Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers when driving this vehicle Sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous as it could result in the increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle roll over personal injury or death This vehicle has a higher center of gravity Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and AWD vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and AWD vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as any more than low profile sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily
407. n which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner V Operating the Moonroof Tilt Operation The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation To fully tilt automatically momentarily push the tilt switch To fully close automatically momentarily pull the tilt switch or push the front of the slide switch To stop tilting partway push any part of the tilt or slide switch 2 Tilt down Close Tilt down Tilt up Slide Operation To fully open automatically momentarily push the rear of the slide switch To fully close automatically momentarily push the front of the slide switch or pull the tilt switch Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks To stop sliding partway push any part of the tilt or slide switch D E ga t A Tilt down Close Power moonroof initialization procedure If the battery had been disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons the moonroof may not fully open or close The moonroof s jam safe function does not function while the moonroof is initializing Carry out the following procedure to resume operation 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Pull the tilt switch to partially tilt open the rear of the moonroof NOTE If the re initialization procedure is performed while the moonroof is in the slide position partially open it closes before the rear tilts opens 3 Repeat the procedure in Step 2 The
408. naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed e Do not spill any liquid on the audio system e Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot 6 20 e The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent A new CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD e When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump M N e The CD player In dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown No other discs can be played Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system
409. nd around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception Ionosphere FM wave AM wave FM wave A as Go 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may pro vide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup woot TO Sloe Sao Tote Ivy Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise an
410. nd procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance Piano black panel The following parts are fitted with panels that have been treated with a special coating that resists scratching e Center panel e Steering wheel partial e Shift lever panel e Door trim panel When the panel needs to be cleaned use a soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface NOTE Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be repairable V Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them 8 58 Some models A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container A CAUTION Don t scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window You may damage the rear window defroster grid Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equ
411. ndicator 809200 Gear position indicator SSS NOTE If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indicator will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 To shift up to a higher gear tap the shift lever back once NOTE When driving slowly the gears may not shift up depending on vehicle speed e In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Don t run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE you may feel engine braking because the fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the engine However this does not indicate an abnormality e When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed 5 13 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Manually Shifting down M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 1 To shift down to a lower gear tap the shift lever forward once A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an
412. necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included Specification Item Content Transmission system Infrared light Modulation system Frequency modulation Carrier frequency Right channel 2 8 MHz left channel 2 3 MHz 6 59 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System YV Rear Entertainment System Main Unit Monitor screen release knob DISC IN indicator light Disc slot Eject button Aupiovvines Paavo ET ode SURROUND TIAE DISC IN Wireless headphone signal transmitter Remote control signal receiver Monitor screen 6 60 Remote Controller Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System la SOURCE EJ DISPLAY gt DISPLAY MODE e JS PREV PAUSE REW Seed SLOW CY PICTURE Oo w SAGS ea jr No Name No Name D RETURN button PLAY button MENU button 2 Slow playback button ENTER Select button B POWER button D STOP button dd SOURCE button 6 PAUSE button D Picture adjust mode button Fast forward button Picture adjust button D Rewind button K SET UP button PREVIOUS Track down button Number keys NEXT Track up button KE DISPLAY MODE button DISPLAY button 6 61 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V
413. ner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in both the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 1 minute After that the one minute beep will be repeated every 30 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible Center Rear Position Seat Belt Second Row Seats Before using the center rear lap shoulder belt make sure tongue A and anchor buckle B are fastened Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Using the Seat Belt Guide Not using the seat belt guide is dangerous If the seat belt guide is not used the shoulder portion of the center rear seat belt could be mistakenly positioned under the head restraint position that cannot provide adequate protection in a collision and could result in the center rear passenger being seriously injured or killed Always make sure the shoulder portion of the center rear seat belt is on the right
414. nflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale gt Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash fo
415. nformation regarding proper operation of your vehicle and it s many features This is not a technician s manual 9 45 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications V SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda V NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation system This is not a technician s manual 9 46 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers sssssssssesssssssssccccccccsscscsesssssescescsees 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels 00 ecccceeccccessceessseeeesseeeseeeees 10 2 Specifications scscccssccrssssccssssscsssssssssssssvesssssssssesssssosssseeses 10 4 Specifications s Sete an dee eee Meee eee 10 4 10 1 Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels V Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield V Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label 7 W D d Ga 10 2 VY Chassis Number V Vehicle Emission Control Information Label IL Identification Numbers Y Engine Number Forward Specifications Specifications Y Engine I
416. ng a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet condition c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance VY Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil RIRJR R R R IR RJ RJIRJ RJ R Engine oil filter R R IR R IRI R RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I eer FL22 type Replace at first SO i after that every Others R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses i Hoses and tubes for emission i Fuel filter R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering
417. ng on driving conditions a closing moonroof could stop and start opening when the moonroof feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it The moonroof s jam safe function does not function while the moonroof is initializing Y Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened but must be closed by hand Sunshade A CAUTION gt The sunshade does not tilt To avoid damaging the sunshade do not push up on it gt Do not close the sunshade while the moonroof is opening Trying to force the sunshade closed could damage it Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 49 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System with Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as
418. ng the Rear Power Windows The power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position The rear power windows may be opened or closed using the power window master control switches on the driver s door Left rear window Power window lock WY pe fb To open the power window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the power window to the desired position pull up the switch Close e Engine off power window operation The power windows can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed If any door is opened the power windows will be inoperable Y Power Window Lock Switch With the lock switch in the unlocked position all power windows on each door can be operated With the lock switch in the locked position only the driver s side power window can be operated Locked position Unlocked position A WARNING Unless a passenger needs to operate a power window keep the power window lock switch in the locked position Unintentional power window operation is dangerous A person s hands head or neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE When the power window lock switch is in the locked position the light on each power window switch except for the driver s p
419. nstallation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Front occupants could be seriously injured Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle s accident detections system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not overload your vehicle Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as is could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR for your vehicle are on the Motor V
420. nstruction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain e Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blowing on the microphone e There is noise coming from cargo loaded inside of the vehicle Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Call out in the wording specified by the voice commands Please be aware that the voice recognition may error despite following the above points e e Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Function restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Functions are limited as follows while the Bluetooth Hands Free is being used e Beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio unit and navigation system are not heard e Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard e The VOICE switch of the navigation system located on the steering wheel cannot be used VY How to use this section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be called out by you Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker A beep sound Beep is output from the speaker Call out after the beep sound is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Be
421. nt Passenger Occupant Classification DY SUSI ERNER I TA R E E a eeeotiuvegweaest 2 63 Monitoring and Maintenance ssssseeseseeseeeieesereerersiererereeseses 2 68 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Front Seats Manually Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attemptin
422. nt passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy 2 63 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision If the front passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position For a specified of time it goes out The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and Front een Spat Ba PSR GOES 4 3 i belt pretensioner front passenger seat deactivation indicator light side air bags system Empty Not occupied OFF Deactivated Deactivated Less than approx 30 kg ON Deactivated Deactivated 66 Ib Approx 42 kg 93 Ib or OFF Ready Ready more If the front passenger seat belt is buckled the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this
423. ntil all the CDs are taken out If the CD is not removed from the slot within 15 seconds or if the LOAD EJECT button is pressed the CD ejecting operation will be canceled Playing Press the CD button to start play when a CD is in the unit If there is no CD in the unit when the CD button is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off The song information will be displayed during playback Music CD a s 2 00 AM ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK ME ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK T ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIKLORSTAB A ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK MET TRACK ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK ARTIST ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIKLORSTAB FOLDER ABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIKLORSTABDEFIK MET FILE ABDEFIKLORSTABDE FOLDER TIT RANDOM gt c 2 e O ge p e 3 79 gt c a o O ge O D c e gt 80 will be displayed for files without a file track or other name input This unit can read English including numerals French and Spanish one byte characters The displayable number of characters on each title is a maximum of 64 Music CDs Although textual information Track artist information recorded to each track appears in the display textual information Album artist information recorded for the entire CD does not appear in the display For details refer to CD TEXT 1 page 62 Select the ij on screen button if the whole title cannot be displayed at one time The screen changes to display the rest
424. ny weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident OUTSIDE Ambient Temperature switch Press the OUTSIDE switch to display the ambient temperature NOTE The displayed ambient temperature may vary from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surrounding area and vehicle conditions e Press the OUTSIDE switch 3 seconds or more to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa e Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditioner DUAL switch DUAL Use the DUAL switch to change the mode between the individual operation and interconnection modes Individual operation mode indicator light illuminated The set temperature can be controlled individually for the driver and front passenger Interior Comfort Climate Control System Interconnection mode indicator light turned off The set temperature for the driver and front passenger is controlled simultaneously NOTE The set temperature for the front passenger changes to that of the driver while in the interconnected mode is displayed on the information display while in the individual operation mode The system changes to the interconnection mode automatically if the windshield defroster switch is pressed The system will not change to the individual operati
425. o not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed These new kinds of keys are fascinating to children They could play with power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment NOTE The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 50 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 55 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft 3 2 Some models Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System With power liftgate button Power liftgate button Panic button Lock button Auxiliary key Unlock button Operation indicator light G___ Key code number plate Without power liftgate button Panic button Lock button Auxiliary key Unlock button Operation indicator light E__ Key code number plate A code number is stampe
426. o turns off when e The ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all doors are closed e The driver s door is locked NOTE Battery saver If any door is left opened the light goes out after about 30 minutes to save the battery The light turns on again when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or when any door is opened after all doors have been closed Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Overhead Lights When the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position the center rear overhead light can be turned on or off using the front overhead light switch Front OFF DOOR c Switch a Position Overhead Lights e Light off OFF e All overhead lights are off when the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position e Light is on when any door is open DOOR e Light is on or off when the illuminated entry system is on e Light on e All overhead lights are on when the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position ON 6 121 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Center Rear Switch Position Overhead Lights OFF Light off Light on or off in accordance with the DOOR operation of front overhead light switch ON Light on Y Map Lights The map lights are switched on or off by pressing the switches 6 122 V Luggage Compartment Light Switch Position OFF Light off DOOR Light on w
427. ock switch c cccceccescesessesecseeseeseeseeseecesecsecsecseesecsecseeseeseeseeeees page 3 39 Power window switches c cccccccssessesesseseeseeeeseesseseesceecsececsecsecsecseesesseeseeeees page 3 35 Outside mirror SwitGhi 2 05 o 8si densi eocen oie a aae a R Eiee eines page 3 57 Headlight leveling switch cccccccescesesseseesseseeeeseeseeseseesececseeecsecsessesseeseeeees page 5 60 TES OFF switchiiciic oecs ERNS page 5 22 Power liftgate Switch 0ss cess cvesscssessisssveseescesacvayssausscvseoisbctey a page 3 30 9 Lighting control eeren e E aed aiidiaaiidn page 5 58 QO Turn and lane change signal ccccccsscessecesssseseeseseseeseeesseeecsesseseeecseceeseeeesees page 5 61 D Dashboard illumination knob ccccccsceessesesesseseecesseceseseeseeeesesseseseeseceeseeeesees page 5 40 2 Trstrument Chaster esanen enara eraran EE a a page 5 37 3 Wiper and washer lever sncaniicenian iii nni nann En Ea AaS page 5 62 I E e E ESE E A E A page 5 2 O Tilt wheel release lever 220 6 hii erties tian anan E EE NEA haces page 3 57 0 Parking brake neie EE E ENE OA page 5 5 BSM OET SWIC eae E N page 5 36 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B Q Audio control switches cccccccccccscesccssscessccssecessccssecsecessecssscessecessessseeese
428. ocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 V Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Switch The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the door lock switch refer to Power Door Locks page 3 27 V Opening and Closing the Liftgate Manually opening the liftgate A WARNING Always fully open the liftgate when opening it Raising the liftgate only partially is dangerous as it could drop unexpectedly resulting in injury Pull up on the handle Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a malfunction in the electrical system and the liftgate cannot be unlocked perform the following procedure as an emergency measure to unlock it 1 Remove the cap on the interior surface of the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver SN Ps 3 29 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 With power liftgate Push the liftgate while pressing the lever down Without power liftgate Turn the lever to the right to unlock the liftgate With power liftgate Lever Without power liftgate Lever After performing this emergency measure have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Manually closing the liftgate Use both hands to push the liftgate down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is securely latched V Power Liftgate
429. oice guidance Buttons on the remote control do not beep Check point GPS signals may not be received because of obstructions After moving the vehicle away from obstructions the GPS signals can be received Check if the mode is set to the current position screen Press Check if the volume control for the voice guidance has been turned off Check if the vehicle is off the route Repeat the route search while checking the route guide screen Check if you are driving the vehicle in the wrong direction on the route Repeat the route search checking the direction of the destination Check if Beep is set to Off r page 21 Troubleshooting Error message Please insert a MAP DVD The disc is not installed Check if the disk is installed If installed check if the installed disk is correct MAP DVD Read Error The disc installed is not a MAP DVD The disc is wet dirty scratched or upside down or the disc cannot be played with this unit or the incorrect disk is installed Eject the disc and check it r page 13 Asessaoou j K 59 Asessaoeu j 60 Maintenance Care of the Product Cleaning this product Use a dry soft cloth to wipe it Cautions for cleaning Never use solvents such as benzene and thinners they could mar the surface of the unit Map disc If you require the latest
430. ol System NOTE Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents While in individual operation mode the temperature setting is controlled at the driver s temperature When operating the air conditioning from the front seats REAR CONTROL switch is off operation from the rear seats is not possible Airflow amount and the mode for the rear cannot be changed by operating the mode selector switch of the front control panel Airflow amount and the mode are automatically changed according to the temperature control dial Airflow amount automatically changes according to the fan control dial of the front control panel Operation from rear seats l 2 Turn the front air conditioning on Turn the REAR CONTROL switch on in the front control panel indicator light illuminated REAR CONTROL NOTE CONTROL ON illuminates in the REAR CONTROL panel 6 16 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position f Cold e 2 Hot NOTE The airflow mode may change depending on the set temperature 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired position 5 Xow Slow Fast V Rear Window Antenna The rear window antenna receives both AM and FM signals Rear window antenna A CAUTION When
431. om the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD 9 35 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX Ibs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 385kg or 80 Ibs TIRE SIZE COLDTIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S FRONT P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS MANUAL FOR REAR P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS ADDITIONAL T1
432. omatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within about 30 seconds Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button once will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter 3 23 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks VY Transmitter Maintenance If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plu
433. on mode by pressing the DUAL switch or turning the front passenger temperature control dial Windshield defroster switch HY FRONT Press the switch to defrost the windshield and front door windows 6 9 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Press the AUTO switch Selection of the airflow mode air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled AUTO 2 Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature Press the DUAL switch or turn the front passenger temperature control dial to control the set temperature individually for the driver and front passenger O lt Cold very Hot To turn off the system press the OFF switch NOTE e Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging HP FRONT Press the windshield defroster switch In this position the amp position is automatically selected and the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows page 6 5 Airflow amount will be increased A WARNING Set the temperature control to the hot or war
434. on screen button The map can be displayed in 13 steps with scales from o a UETZ Imperial 1 32 mi 1 4 mi 2mi 16 mi display mile mile mile mile mile Metric display 50m 500 m 4km 32km 256 km 29 30 Destination Entry and Route Search You can set the destination using various methods provided by the system Before Steps MENU gt select Open the DESTINATION ENTRY Menu DESTINATION ENTRY Search Area gt Select Open the Select When narrowing DESTINATION down to city name Select ADDRESS Last 5 Cities ENTRY Menu ami DESTINATION ENTRY Address When narrowing down to street name Select ADDRESS Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving Minimize the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident Always stop the vehicle in a safe location before operating the system Route searches with the navigation system can include roads that you cannot drive on and roads that you are prohibited from driving on due to traffic regulations Please comply with the traffic regulations Warnings Select the desired Search Area E ID OR WA AR AL LA MS TN Ea CA NV E CT MA ME NH Nu NY
435. onal tire Drive carefully gt To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle observe the following precautions gt Do not exceed 80 km h 50 mph gt Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not drive through an automatic car wash This tire s diameter is smaller than a conventional tire so the ground clearance is reduced about 25 mm 1 in gt Do not use a tire chain on this tire because it will not fit properly gt Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle it has been designed only for your Mazda gt Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 29 To remove the spare tire 1 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 2 Open the cargo sub compartment Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on Ml 3 Remove the cover Cover S 4 Attach the socket to the spare tire carrier bolt the jack lever to the socket and the lug wrench to the opposite end of the jack lever In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 5 Slowly turn the lug wrench counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground and the cable becomes loose A CAUTION Do not loosen the cable
436. onds after IN is displayed or if the LOAD EJECT button is pressed again Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press the LOAD EJECT button 2 Press the desired tray number then press the L on screen button lightly The display opens and WAIT is displayed The CD loading operation cancels if no button is pressed for about 30 seconds after the desired tray number is pressed or if the LOAD EJECT button is pressed again 3 Lightly insert the CD after IN is displayed The CD will be inserted and played automatically after the display is closed The CD loading operation cancels 15 seconds after the GU on screen button is pressed or the LOAD EJECT button is pressed again The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if it is already occupied gt c 2 e O ge D g e gt 77 gt c a o O ge O A e gt 78 Multiple insertion 1 Press the LOAD EJECT button 2 Press the LLU on screen button for 1 5 seconds or more The display opens and WAIT is displayed 3 Lightly insert the CD after IN is displayed 4 When IN is displayed again insert the next CD Repeat this procedure for the number of CDs to be inserted maximum of 6 including the CD in the tray The CD will begin playback automatically after insertion and the display closes The CD loading operation cancels 15 seconds after IN is displayed or the LOAD EJECT button is pressed again Normal ejectio
437. one Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted returning to main menu Complete deletion of the phone book data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be erased 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Erase all 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phone book 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phone book Do you want to continue 8 Say Beep Yes 6 112 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phone book 10 Prompt Hands Free system phone book erased returning to main menu Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book The Bluetooth Hands Free system can read out the list of names registered to its phone book 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voi
438. ons Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and it may break causing serious injury or death If you use the seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied use the center seat belts instead and the tether if tether equipped Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is inst
439. onverting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality 6 25 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System e Audio information is displayed on the information display e There are two types of In dash CD changers Check which In dash CD changer your vehicle is equipped with In Dash CD Changer non MP3 compatible In das
440. ood Show Fourth Way Point Map Show Fifth Way Point Map Right Map Change to Show North up Mode Fast Food Fast Food Restaurant Show Destination Map Right Map Change to Show Heading Up Mode French Restaurant French Food Delete Cancel Next Way Point Right Map Change Map Direction Italian Restaurant Italian Food Yes Show Change to Dual Map Mode Japanese Restaurant Japanese Food No Show Change to Single Map Mode Mexican Restaurant Mexican Food Delete Cancel Destination Store Mark This Point Seafood Restaurant Seafood POI Display Commands Thai Restaurant Thai Food Delete Cancel All Way Points and Destination Automobile Club Other Restaurant Other Food Voice Guidance Off Gas Station Gas Grocery Store Voice Guidance On Parking Parking Lot Parking Garage Car Park Auto Service amp Maintenance Auto Service ATM Bank Town Center City Center Convention Center Exhibition Center Court House Shopping Mall Quick Airport Alternative Bus Station Short Ferry Terminal Detour Hotel Detour Entire Route Rental Car Agency Change to Arrow Guide Guidance Rest Area Change to Turn List Guide Guidance Government Offices Train Station Change to Freeway Guide Guidance Higher Education University College Business Facility
441. oof DC AC inverter 20 S WARM 15A Seat warmer 21 A C MAG 10A Air conditioner 22 BOSE 25A Audio system Bose Sound System equipped model 30A 23 FAN2 Cooling fan 40A 24 ABS 50A ABS 25 IG COIL 25A Ignition system 26 H L LOW L 15A Headlight left Low beam 27 H L LOW R 15A Headlight right Low beam 28 H L HIGH 20A Headlight high High beam 29 HAZARD 15A Hazard warning flashers 30 ENG B 10A PCM 31 HORN 15A Horn 32 STOP 7 5A Brake lights 33 EGI INJ 10A Engine control system 34 ENG BAR 20A Air flow sensor EGR control valve 35 ENG BAR 2 7 5A PCM 8 48 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Relay box Engine compartment 2 3 DESCRIPTION BUSE PROTECTED COMPONENT RATING INJ 7 5A Injectors Some models 8 49 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuse block Glove box DESCRIPTION Ske PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 OUTLET FR 15A Accessory Socket Front 2 MIRROR 7 5A Power control mirror 3 EE 4 METER 10A Instrument cluster 5 SAS 7 5A ABS Air bag 6 ENG IGA 7 5A Engine control system 7 STA 7 5A Ignition system 8 9 A C 7 5A Air conditioner 10 R WIPER 15A Rear window wiper and washer 11 12 P LIFT GATE 20A Power lift gate 13 SUNROOF 15A Moonroof 14 AUDIO 10A Audio system 15 M DEF 10A Mirr
442. open it er 3s Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling an Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured C4 a Y Do not remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If it s at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F 8 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled
443. operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD ee Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 12 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at
444. or defroster 16 17 TAIL 10A Taillight 18 ILLUMI 10A Dashboard illumination 19 INJ 7 5A Injectors 8 50 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 20 21 OUTLET CTR 22 OUTLET RR 23 WIPER 30A Windshield wiper and washer 24 P WIND 30A Power windows 8 51 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them Y Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 52 Y Damage Caused
445. orce on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not fired the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 24 A WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 22 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Have your seat belts changed Properly dispose of the pretensioner immediately if the pretensioner or load system limiter has been expended Improper disposal of the pretensioner One or both front air bags may deploy and the corresponding pretensioner s may also deploy at the same time While it is safer to use a crash used seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt at all using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners will only function once After they are expended they will not function again and must be
446. ore leaving vehicle 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Under the following conditions warning beeps are heard and a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle page 3 16 Warning How to check When a door is open a continuous beep sound will be heard Check whether the start knob has been returned to the LOCK position When a door is open 3 beep sounds are heard and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When a door is closed a beep sound is heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When locking the doors the chime sounds for about 10 seconds Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle When attempting to lock the doors a beep sound is heard 6 times Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle Check whether the start knob has been returned to the LOCK position Check whether a door or the liftgate is open When the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster When the KEY warning light red remains illuminated in the instrument clus
447. ort behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Height adjustment To raise a head restraint pull it up to the locked position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down a Essential Safety Equipment Seats Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger s ears never the passenger s neck to prevent injury Rear center seat A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision To use a head restraint pull it up to the locked position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down 4 a 4p A 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Armrest The armrest can be used no occupant in the center seat or placed upright YW Third Row Seat Access After folding the second row seat seatback and sliding the seat forward you can access the third row seat easily Entering exiting the third row seat area Raise the lever on the side of the second row seat to fold the seatback forward and slide the seat forward 2 14 After entering exiting the third row seat area 1 Return the second ro
448. osing operation the window will stop and open halfway A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the window from stopping If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur 3 37 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE e Depending on driving conditions a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it In the event the jam safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically pull and hold the switch fully and the window will close The jam safe window function does not operate until the system is re initialized Engine off power window operation The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed If any door is opened the power window will be inoperable NOTE e For engine off operation of the power window the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto closing function will be inoperable The two step down function is inoperable during engine off operation 3 38 V Operati
449. ote controller in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature It could cause a malfunction NOTE Operate the remote controller with it pointed to the disc slot of the unit Signals may not be received depending of the angle Maintenance Stow the remote controller in its case and put it in the seatback pocket of a front seat Place the remote controller into its case properly in the direction shown in the figure and stow it in the front seatback pocket NOTE If the remote controller is placed in the incorrect direction abnormal noise or an operation error could result Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Using the remote controller A battery has already been installed in the remote controller Remove the electrical leak protection insulation sheet before using the remote controller Insulation sheet Replacing the battery If the buttons on the remote controller are inoperable or the operation range becomes narrow or unsteady the battery may be dead Replace the battery using the following procedure 6 67 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Battery CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent 1 1 Press the battery case tab in the direction indicated by the arrow using your thumbnail and pull out the battery case 2 Remove the old battery and install a new one with the plus pole pointed up Battery CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent 3 Press the battery case t
450. otection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After returning the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place 2 16 Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury VW Head Restraint A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints set up when seats are being used and make sure they are properly set up Driving with the head restraints not set up is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision To use a head restraint pull it up to the locked position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down eae Eo YV Split Folding the Third Row Seat To create a flat luggage
451. oth tire and rim gt The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5 000 km 3 000 miles The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions gt The temporary spare tire is for limited use however if the tread wear solid band indicator appears replace the tire with the same type of temporary spare page 8 34 NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 Vv Replacing a Wheel A WARNING Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handling could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident 8 36 A CAUTION gt Awrong sized wheel may adversely affect Tire fit Wheel and bearing life Ground clearance Snow chain clearance Speedometer calibration Headlight aim Bumper height Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt Limited Slip Differential System gt With Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Deal
452. ound 7 20 A CAUTION Don t tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transaxle A CAUTION Don t tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A WARNING Tiedown Hooks Always tow a AWD vehicle with all Miele eoude nalfour A CAUTION Towing a AWD vehicle with either the front or rear wheels on the ground is dangerous as the drive train could be damaged or the vehicle could trail away from the tow truck and cause an accident If the drive train has been damaged transport the vehicle on a flat bed truck Don t use the tiedown hooks under the front and rear for towing They are designed ONLY for tying down the vehicle when it s being transported Using them for towing will damage the bumper VY Tiedown Hooks 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug wrench from the trunk page 7 3 2 Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the bumper and open the cap located on the front and rear bumper 7 21 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A CAUTION The cap cannot be completely removed Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench
453. oup number chapter track number and playback elapsed time cannot be selected changed e Settings set in the function menu are available only for the current disc Settings set in the initial setting function menu are available for the Rear Entertainment System unit itself so that the settings remain after the disc is changed Refer to Initial setting function on page 6 83 Displaying the function menu Press the DISPLAY button while in playback to display the function menu on the monitor screen Press the DISPLAY button again to cancel 6 78 NOTE For audio CD the function menu is automatically displayed when playback is started Language sound and subtitles selection DVD video and DVD audio Sound and subtitles can be changed to the desired language NOTE Available languages varies depending on the DVD disc 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor and select the sound select mode or subtitle select mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 c 001 300 03 03 gt Q1 OM JaoFF 1 Ja DOD 3 Move the cursor and select the desired language by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Subtitle ON OFF DVD video Subtitle on off can be set 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor to the subtitle ON OFF mode by operating the
454. ower window switch turns off The light may be difficult to see depending on the surrounding brightness Vv Opening Closing the Power Windows from Outside The front power windows can be opened or closed from outside the vehicle after the doors and the liftgate are closed The front power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the lock or unlocked position A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children NOTE The power windows cannot be opened or closed from outside the vehicle under the following condition A door or the liftgate is opened The key is inserted into the ignition switch With advanced key The start knob is in any position except LOCK 3 39 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Opening Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car Mazda has introduced a way to open the two front windows and the moonroof as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you get in A WARNING Use the auto window function only when you can see the vehicle and it is in a secure area Do not let children play with your keys If they open the window without your knowing the open windows are an even bigger invitation to a thief than
455. p or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5000 lb conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 Ibs For an 11 500 Ib fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 Ibs 9 40 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A WARNING Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 41 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard
456. park off the right of way 2 Shift into park P 7 14 3 Apply the parking brake 4 Turn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Don t go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant nor steam is Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 21 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer In Case of an Emergency Overheating 7 15 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Startin
457. part LATCH compatible child restraint systems with attachments on belt webbing can be used at this seating position only if the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions state that the child restraint system can be installed to LATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm 19 7 in apart Do not attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor If your child restraint system has a tether it must also be used for your child s optimum safety 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 1 Slide th
458. ped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single folder with up to 255 files can be played When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows However this unit will only display up to 30 characters including the file extension mp3 Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file extension F Folder No bn j oa i K _ 1 aL n 03 m J 2 2 05 m me ae I ta 7 Sa amin no r En 1 L En D Levell Level2 Level3 Level4 The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed 6 24 format ISO9660 level 1 12 ISO9660 level 2 31 Joliet extended 64 format Romeo extended 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3
459. peed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 5 12 5 10 VY Transaxle Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating A WARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transaxle gt Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transaxle R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 9 N Neutral In N the wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or
460. perly V Front Seat Belt Pretensioners The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions or roll over accidents Y Driver Air Bag The driver air bag is mounted in the steering wheels When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel The driver dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy 2 56 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Front Passenger Air Bag The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above In addition the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 V Side Air Bags The side bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was
461. possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and the advanced key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is shut off and the ignition switch is turned to the lock position If the advanced key is detected within operational range the operation indicator light located in the instrument cluster flashes momentarily 3 7 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Locking Unlocking with Request Switch All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors or the liftgate while the advanced key is being carried Front doors To lock To lock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will not flash The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off refer to the theft deterrent system page 3 55 To unlock Driver s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights w
462. power liftgate button on the transmitter is pressed or the outside handle is operated while the liftgate is opening closing electrically the beep sound is heard and the liftgate moves in the reverse direction automatically If this operation is repeated the system switches to manual operation Jam safe equipment While the power liftgate is opening closing electrically and the system detects a person or an object in the liftgate s path the liftgate will move in the reverse direction automatically A WARNING Always check the area around the power liftgate before opening closing it Not checking for occupants and objects around the power liftgate before opening closing it is dangerous The jam safe equipment is designed to prevent jamming in the event an obstruction is in the liftgate s path The system may not detect certain objects obstructing the liftgate depending on the way they are positioned and their shape However if the jam safe function detects an obstruction and moves the liftgate in the reverse direction an occupant in the liftgate s path could be seriously injured Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Sensors are installed on both ends of the power liftgate Be careful not to allow the sensors to be scratched or damaged by sharp objects otherwise the liftgate may no longer open close automatically In addition if the sensor is damaged while the liftgate is closing automatically the syste
463. pressure e Make sure to equip the vehicle with genuine wheels of the specified size on all wheels With AWD the system is calibrated for all four wheels being of the same dimensions 5 18 Tire chains e Install tire chains to the front tires Do not use tire chains on the rear wheels e Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30 km h 19 mph with the tire chains installed e Do not drive the vehicle with tire chains on road conditions other than snow or ice Vv Towing If the vehicle requires towing have it towed with all four wheels completely off the ground page 7 20 Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km h 19 mph A WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic gt Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch is pressed up and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed
464. proximately 30 kg 66 Ib could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg 66 lb and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg 93 Ib A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the
465. r which could cause result in serious injury Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked The seatback plays an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants ina sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Ge D Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat By moving the seat lever up or down the seat bottom height can be adjusted Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat To increase the seat firmness pull the lever forward Push the lever backward to decrease firmness WV
466. r windows unintentionally which could result in serious injury if a child s hands head or neck becomes caught by the window Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Operating the Front Power Windows NOTE e Each passenger power window can be operated with each door switch when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position page 3 39 Each passenger power window can also be operated by the power window master control switches on the driver s door Left rear window Right rear window 1 1 The following functions can be performed for the front power windows using the power window master control switches on the driver s door or front passenger s door switch Manual opening closing e Auto opening closing Two step down function 3 35 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Manual opening closing To open a power window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the power window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Owner master wii switch J A F Front passenger switch he a A Auto opening closing To fully open a power window automatically press the switch completely down To fully close the power window automatically pull the switch completely up To stop the power window partway pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it 3 36 NOTE POWER WINDOW INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
467. r Window Wiper and Washer ccsceeseeseeseeteeeeeesees Rear Window Defroster ccecccesceseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeenseeseeeensees Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving TO mitin Switch AAE S Starting the Engine nenne n a e o Brake System neonu de tial acide eine Automatic Transaxle Controls ccecceeseeseeseeseeseeeseeseeeneens Power Steering sc ceeccisceetecdivaccsspnigesssciasenisteeeaceaneee nda All Wheel Drive AWD Operation o ceccescesssesseesseeseeeee Cruise Control snoninger Traction Control System TCS 0 eceeeeseeseeseeeeeeteeseeeneens Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC a E A E EA Tire Pressure Monitoring System c scccsseesesssesseesseesseeeee Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System 0 cccccccseeseeeeeeee Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights cceccecsceseseeseeeeeeeeseeeteeseeeseens Beep Sounds 2 200 fescene a aed Gaia AB h eae hele Some models Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch Auxiliary key with advanced key NOTE When starting the engine using the advanced key refer to Starting the Engine page 3 9 When starting the engine with the auxiliary key perform the following procedure 1 Remove the auxiliary key from the advanced key page 3 15 2 Make sure the start knob is in LOCK position 3 Remove the s
468. r approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 28 VY Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system
469. r serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 39 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1 500 Ibs The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer and driver only 150 Ibs Consult your dealershi
470. r up To lower the shoulder belt adjuster pull the adjuster and slide it down Make sure the adjuster is locked To raise To lower e Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm Some models 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding For deployment details refer to the SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 60 In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger like the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat Any time the air bags and seat belt pretensioners have fired they must be replaced For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 63 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt f
471. racks Returns to the beginning of the disc after all tracks are played 1 Repeats the current track NON Stops playback after all tracks in the disc are played RND Randomly plays a track 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu NOTE The function menu is displayed during audio CD playback and it cannot be canceled by pressing the DISPLAY button during playback V Assist Functions MP3 WMA CD Folders and files The order of MP3 WMA file playback is as follows e A folder number is assigned to each folder on a disc e For example the folder numbers for folders 1 3 and 5 in the figure are not displayed because they do not contain MP3 WMaA files e Folders and files in a hierarchy are played in the order that they are recorded on the disc by the writing software e Up to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can be played e The loading time may be longer depending on the disc 7 Folder MA MP3 file WMA file Order of playback CH 2 H 7 m HO O i OA Level 1 Level2 Level3 Level4 Function menu If MP3 WMA files are to be played operate the select button and move the cursor to select the playback file playback mode and display mode Folder number Playback list number File number 3 Playback elapsed time Playback mode Playback status Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Folder File information display
472. ranty Booklet for more information 9 14 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations Therefore vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 15 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Excep
473. rd Warning Flasher 5 68 Hazardous Driving ccceceereereee 4 7 Headlights Cottttol s niente 5 58 Blashin oss 2h 2 ane etnies ete 5 60 High low beam cceeeeeees 5 60 Develing mioca kirssa 5 60 On reminder sssr 5 60 Hood Rel as nnnnnnornncneinsiis 3 43 FOU reste slash aves E ET 5 67 I Ignition Key Sienno wettest eter terete otetaae 3 21 Switch iien kiinne enakan 5 2 Illuminated Entry System 6 121 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key eseeeeees 3 50 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key c6 3 52 I Indicator Lights ceeeseeeeereeees 5 41 BSM OFF oo eiiie 5 55 Crise iniia eiad 5 55 Headlight high beam 5 54 SOCUMILY sa ois Sees ENE 5 53 Shift position cceceeeeseeeees 5 54 TCS OFF uenon 5 55 T CS DS cinco a aa 5 54 Turn signal hazard warning 5 56 Information Display 0 6 123 Ambient temperature display 6 124 Audio display cceceeeees 6 125 Climate control display 6 125 Clock erinin e ai 6 124 Information display functions 6 123 Instrument Cluster eee eeeeeeeees 5 37 Interior Care stein oan 8 57 Interior Lights ceceeeeeeseeeeees 6 121 J Jump Starting 0 eeceeseeseeeeteees 7 17 K Keyless Entry System ceee 3 22 KEYS a a eE EEEE neiteeen 3 21 L Label Information 0 cece 10 2 Lane Change Signals eeeeee 5 61 Liftgat
474. rding to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the phone button Short press 2 Say Beep Send XXXX Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code 6 118 When the Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used The Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions e Outside of the communication area e Mobile telephone has a malfunction e Mobile telephone is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle e The mobile telephone battery is weak The mobile telephone is turned off e The mobile telephone is placed where radio reception is difficult e Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC07 IC 279B MBLUEC07 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and in
475. re each trip YW Trailer Brakes If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg 1 000 Ib trailer brakes are required If your trailer has brakes make sure they comply with all federal state and local regulations AWARNING Do not connect a hydraulic trailer brake system to your vehicle s brake system Connecting a hydraulic trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury Y Trailer Towing Tips e Verify that your Mazda maintains a near normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded trailer is connected Don t drive if it has an abnormal front up or front down position Inspect for incorrect tongue load worn suspension parts and trailer overloading e Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from shifting e Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations If they do not install required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes 4 16 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing The three main causes of vehicle trailer accidents are driver error excessive speed and improper trailer loading Before driving e Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Before starting out inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle to trailer connections Stop and re inspect all lights and connections after driving a short distance Driving Your Mazda wi
476. re is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service Interior Comfort Audio System 6 39 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the In Dash CD Changer mea Music CD MP3 CD player MP3 compatible Load button Scan button Music CD player non MP3 compatible CD slot CD eject button Fast forward button Disc up Folder up button Random button Track up button Track down button Display button Display feed CD play button dial Repeat button There are two types of In dash CD changers Check which In dash CD changer your vehicle is equipped with Type Playable data Music CD player non MP3 compatible Music CD MP3 CD player MP3 compatible NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Music data CD DA Music data CD DA MP3 file 6 40 Some models Power Volume dial Reverse button Channel preset Disc down Folder buttons down button Inserting the CD The CD must be label side up when inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD The disc number and t
477. re not open to vehicles or are closed due to traffic regulations Please comply with the local traffic regulations Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving Minimize the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system Voice guidance has the following functions Intersection guidance The system voice announces the distance to an upcoming turn and the turning direction This guidance function is automatic Therefore you do not have to set it and it cannot be disabled The system vocally announces the distance to an upcoming highway branching point or junction Roundabout Take the second exit Asessaoou jj When two intersections are close together the When two roundabouts are close together the voice guidance may be late voice guidance for the second may be late 53 GPS is a position detecting system utilizing the signals from GPS satellites deployed by the U S Department of Defense The Mobile Navigation System uses input from three or more satellites and calculates the vehicle position based on the principle of triangulation The positioning accuracy of the system corresponds to the error display of the GPS which is from about
478. re of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction e Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important 2 54 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components 8 1 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 63 2 Side and curtain inflators and air bags 3 Driver Front passenger dual stage inflators and air bags 4 Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 59 5 Crash and roll over sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit 6 Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 63 7 Front air bag sensor 8 Side crash sensor 9 Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 24 10 Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 63 11 Front passenger seat weight sensor control module 12 Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 67 2 55 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts pro
479. replaced immediately If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy Additionally the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner equipped vehicle NOTE The pretensioner system will activate in a moderate or severe frontal near frontal collision or roll over accident The pretensioner system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat It will not activate in most side or rear impacts e Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon
480. retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 31 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Conditions of operation switch is turned to the ON position Condition Result The driver s seat belt is not The warning light fastened when the ignition flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The driver s seat belt is fastened before the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard YW Belt Minder NOTE The belt minder can be deactivated Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and restore the seat belt minder 2 32 Driver seated Front passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders
481. riving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light came on and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The powertrain malfunction reduced power warning light may come on in the following cases e The engine s electrical system has a problem e The emission control system has a problem 5 46 If the powertrain malfunction reduced power warning light remains on do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light o Py If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death Driving
482. rking brake reminder 5 57 Seat belt warning beep Sounds 5 56 Tire inflation pressure warning beep weiecivntseeeivehvetennesieueeed 5 57 Before Starting the Engine 4 5 After getting 19 4 5 Before getting 1 00 cece 4 5 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System 0 eee eeeeeseeeneeeteeeee 5 33 BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 35 BSM OFF Switch eee 5 36 Care of Radar Sensors 5 36 Warning Light Beep 5 5 35 B Bluetooth Hands Free 00 6 103 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation sneri 6 106 Convenient Use of the Hands Free SyS wise a E aR 6 109 Hands Free Telephone Setpro ae an 6 113 Safety certification oc 6 119 When the Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used ccceceeseeees 6 118 Body Lubrication c ccsecereees 8 27 Bottle Holder meceni 6 127 Brake PUIG eck steals 8 23 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 7 Brakes assist ccccccccessceseeeseeeees 5 8 Foot brake cccccccsscsessesseeeseesees 5 5 Pad wear indicator c ccsceee 5 9 Parking brake eceeesesseereeees 5 5 Warning light sesser 5 6 Break In Period cccccccsseeseeseeeees 4 6 Bulb Replacement e seers 8 37 C Capacities ri 10 5 Carbon Monoxide cccscccesseeseenees 4 4 Cargo Securing Loops 06 6 128 Cargo Sub Compartment 6 129 Catalytic Converter ecceeseeeeeee 4 3 Cel
483. rning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel and center cap 7 10 Some models V Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key is attached to the lug wrench and is stored with the spare tire Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove box and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut OAP To remove an antitheft lug nut Special key 1 Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise To install the nut 1 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the key apply pressure and turn it clockwise V Mounting the Spare Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sur
484. ror Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window Reducing glare from headlights Adjust the mirror with the day night lever in the day position Push the lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare from headlights Day Night lever oe ce WI Day Night Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors A WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes 3 59 3 60 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions cscsscsssessssssssssesees 4 2 Fuel Requirement cccecceeceescesseesecereeseeeeeeseeseesseeneenaeeeenes 4 2 Emission Control System ccccccesceeseessceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenes 4 3 Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide ccsseseeseeseeeeeeeneeeees 4 4 Before Starting the Engine Before Getting In i23 2s fn 8 ee n e After Getting In ania sie ee a a ah eae a Ea aa AAE Driving Tips sccsccsscssscssssssssscsssssssssesssessssscssssessesssessssssessesees 4 6 Break In Period pricne niai es 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions ssssesessessessrsresseessstsesesresssesess 4 6 Hazardous Drivin gs o a cid Ai eee 4 7 Rocking the
485. rosion e Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes Ifyour aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Interior Care Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor it If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling YV Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner Leather Real leather isn t uniform and may have scars scratches and wrinkles Clean it with a leather cleaner or mild soap Wipe it with a damp soft cloth then dry and buff it with a dry soft cloth Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner Some models 8 57 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners a
486. rs and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will not flash The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off refer to the theft deterrent system page 3 55 NOTE All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open and the key is in the ignition switch Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will not flash The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off refer to the theft deterrent system page 3 55 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will aut
487. rs to optimize the audio output to the rear for a more pleasurable acoustic field Select the REAR SEAT OPTIMIZED on screen button to increase the surround effect to the rear seat Select the REAR SEAT OPTIMIZED on screen button to apply the sur round effect to all seats Rear seat optimized is only effective if a CD or a DVD is inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit and selected as an audio source and the CD or DVD audio is 5 1 DolbyDigital DTS audio Surround Centerpoint When Centerpoint is on the true surround sound effect of Centerpoint can be adjusted to any one of five level between minimum and maximum enhancement Indication Enhance change CENTERPT MIN Minimum CENTERPT LOW Low CENTERPT MID Medium CENTERPT HI High CENTERPT MAX Maximum Rear seat optimized Mazda CX 9 only When rear seat optimized is on the surround effect can be enjoyed at five separate levels Indication Enhance change Surround MIN Minimum Surround LOW Low Surround MID Medium Surround HI High Surround MAX Maximum Operating the Radio Mazda CX 9 Channel preset on screen button Seek tuning button PUSHPOV ER VOL Scan button Band selector button PNGRKORWI On screen button Satellite button Mazda CX 7 Band selector button Satellite button Seek tuning button Channel preset on screen button Scan button gt c 2 e O xo
488. ry operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 17 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid
489. s 3 28 Rear Entertainment System 6 51 Before operation eceeeeees 6 63 Country code list eee 6 94 Language code list 0 0 6 92 Sound output cee eeeeseeseeeee 6 69 Rear Window Defroster 06 5 66 Rear Window Washer 06 5 66 Rear Window Wipet eceeee 5 66 Rearview MiIrror cccccecceeeeteeteees 3 58 Recreational Towing c ceeee 7 23 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign COUNTY setter van aa ee 9 16 Rocking the Vehicle ceeeeeeee 4 9 RO OVET e 2 4 5 20s dente eesti eae 4 8 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 43 Seat Belt System 3 point type oo eeeeceseeteeteeteeee 2 22 Automatic locking 2 21 Belt minder 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeseereees 2 32 Center rear lap shoulder 2 27 Emergency locking 0 2 20 Extender serius hatte eeginncs 2 30 Pregnant women eeeeeeees 2 20 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 24 Seat belt precautions 2 18 Warning light beep eee 2 32 Seats Front seat Electrically operated seats 2 5 Front seat Manually operated seats 2 2 Seat Warmer ceeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeeee 2 10 Second row seats s s s 2 11 Third row seat ceseeeeseeeees 2 16 11 6 S Second Row Seats cceeseseeeeees 2 11 Security System Immobilizer system without advanced key 3 52 Immob
490. s Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Don t drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Don t coast with the ignition switch turned off gt Don t descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off gt Don t operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes gt Don t tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Don t push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide AWARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause
491. s an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 8 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vv System Error Activation When the TPMS warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases e When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressure sensors e When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit e A digital device such as a person
492. s and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire and or water gt Never deform or crush Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 21 3 24 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter 3 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Install the key to the transmitter V Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen bring all remaining transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative ACAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks AWARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to
493. s dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems and attach the corresponding tether anchor Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death
494. s not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER V STEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps Y STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the d
495. s or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place V Removing a Flat Tire 1 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but don t remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off the ground 2 Place the jack under the jacking position closest to the tire being changed In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle 3 Insert the jack lever and attach the lug wrench to tire jack In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 4 Turn the lug wrench clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the spare tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move 5 Remove the lug nuts by tu
496. sarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the registered advanced key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out If the engine doesn t start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE e The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove box Move the advanced key to another place turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and then restart the engine e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails to start check the security indicator light If the indicator light is flashing turn the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position and wait for a while then restart the engine If it doesn t Start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving don t shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator l
497. screen Soe Select ESN if you prefer 24 hour display RENN for 12 hour display Select EER to move the setting ahead by one hour and similarly select J to move it back by one hour How to exit ia Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS however it is necessary to adjust hours under the following conditions Driving across different time zones Daylight saving time start and end Navigation Set Up You can alter the map display conditions the route guidance conditions and show the system information Stop your vehicle before the following operations Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving Minimize the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and put the parking brake on before operating Warning the system O kef Before Steps MENU select amp 7 S D Open lt a gt page 20 2 NAVIGATION SET UP 1 page 22 NAVIGATION SET UP T ieaie 1 page 16 GECCE Sona 1 page 24 ee car page 18 1 page 23 15 peyeys Buje5 R 16 Navigation Set Up You can change the language of the menu and the voice guidance a Navigation Set Up Open the LANGUAGE screen LANGUAGE Select your preferred language from the list MEMO
498. se Action Thie ignition Syits m he LOCK Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position position The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones weak Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 67 ino Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction umed cn pointed in the wrong direction Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 67 The vehicle battery is weak Recharge or replace the vehicle battery The cabin temperature Rear Entertainment System unit tem Retry after the temperature has lowered perature is high The Ignition switchs mhe LORE Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position position Image No disc is inserted Insert a disc cannot be Era Insert a disc which can be played by this unit displayed Pepe al dise tea Refer to Operating Tips for Discs on page 6 52 The wrong mode has been selected Select the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button Refer to Mode on page 6 73 Disc cannot No disc is inserted Insert a disc Disc is inserted upside down Insert the disc with the label side up be played Parent lock level is set Clear or change the parent lock level Thie ignition Switeh is ii he LOCK Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position position Volume is too low Adjust the volume The audio unit navigation system is not Set the audio unit navigation system in the Rear set in the Rear Entertainment Syst
499. sed again Operation using the advanced key retractable type key With advanced key Lock button Auxiliary key Unlock button With retractable type key Lock button Unlock button 2 8 Programming One seat position can be programmed into each advanced key retractable type key After the following conditions have been met operate the seat and the advanced key retractable type key to program the seat positions e The ignition switch is in the LOCK position The auxiliary key retractable type key is removed from the ignition switch e The driver s door is open 1 Adjust the seat to the desired position For each seat position adjustment method refer to the following pages Seat Slide page 2 5 Seat Recline page 2 6 Height Adjustment page 2 6 2 Press and hold the unlock button of the advanced key retractable type key while pressing the set button until a beep sound is heard Seat position call up With the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the shift lever in park P unlock the doors using the unlock button on the advanced key retractable type key and open the driver s door within about 30 seconds Erasing memory After the following conditions have been met press the lock button of the advanced key retractable type key while pressing the set button until a beep sound is heard e The ignition switch is in the LOCK position The auxiliary key retractable type key is removed fro
500. sed while a Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Mazda CX 9 only Voice Recognition Command The following voice commands can be used with voice control Shortcut Commands Show Current Position Location Show Map Repeat Voice Guidance Cancel Map Operation Commands Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom In Maximum Zoom Out Maximum Right Map Zoom In School Go to Previous Starting Point Amusement Park Go to Previous Destination Casino Go to Preset Destination Number 1 Golf Course Go to Preset Destination Number 2 Historical Monument Go to Preset Destination Number 3 Marina Go to Preset Destination Number 4 Museum Go to Preset Destination Number 5 Ski Resort Skiing Cancel Sports Complex Stadium Guidance Commands Performing Arts Louder Tourist Attraction Softer Right Map Zoom Out Tourist Information Show Whole Entire Route Map Right Map Zoom In Maximum Minimum Scale Winery Show Next Way Point Map Restaurant I m Hungry Show Restaurant Show First Way Point Map Right Map Zoom Out Maximum Maximum Scale American Restaurant American Food Show Second Way Point Map Change to Show North up Mode Chinese Restaurant Chinese Food Show Third Way Point Map Change to Show Heading up Mode Change Map Direction Continental Restaurant Continental F
501. sens COYSRS Air Da GS ici sash carceacdsi dy ncieedewhanssel se Bigiaders Hoes eee Geel eee Hea ae tees Cruise control switches 0 0 cece ceesscesssesesscecesssecessssscsssccsssscscssssesesssessssesecsssesees Information display cccccccccccssessessescesceseecesecseeseesecseeseeseseeeececsaeeeeecsecseeseeees 6 Climate control system seisein n adel dein evden eects Hazard warning flasher switch PATIO SYStEM sanan E oe aes ones Eloa S 010 SAEPE ee ne E EE Oe er er Pe Dy Accessory sockel 3 s 2eie sistdacis tes sesiae biases attests OT WAT shin Le Ver lt 5 cesecce2 is sees oc vanes Pelt ectac E gis cles eae dda teees page 5 10 Seat warmer switches i0s3 ssid sescssSesscsessirs Series Sis ois deseo page 2 10 2 Rear window defroster switch c cccccccessssesesseseseeseesesesscseeecseeecseeecseeesseeeesees page 5 66 9 Phone bulion onn EARE O E page 6 103 Hood release handle c cccccccessssesssseseeseseseesesseseeeesesecseeesseeeeseeseseeecseeesseeeesees page 3 43 USK G07 19 R EE EE recrery rr E eter E eee eee page 6 128 Navigation System if equipped ccccececeeseeeeseeseteeees Refer to the separate manual The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C W Overhead hehts iseme aisha A and Scie nines page 6 121 CQ SRS alt Bags ionieni r i ee a Gettin
502. sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced 5 32 e A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE e The tire pressure sensor ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when changing lanes on roads and freeways The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear when the vehicle speed is about 32 km h 20 mph or more and notifies the driver of vehicles in the detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated the system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound es es aoa oaoa ooa Detection areas A WARNING Do not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes The BSM syste
503. sipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 21 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades c
504. sition for one second or longer Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the liftgate To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position Locking unlocking with door lock switch All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when lock side is pushed They all unlock when unlock side is pushed oe Unlock N Lock Locking unlocking with request switch with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch on the front doors and the liftgate while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking unlocking with transmitter with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 3 27 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking unlocking with transmitter with retractable type key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 Rear Door Child Safety Locks These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear
505. spect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy Additionally the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 58 Vv Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions Vv Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until i
506. ss Sirius Satellite Radio 6 35 Interior Comfort Audio System 1221 Avenue Of The Americas New York NY 10020 Attention Customer Care Include your Sirius Radio ESN Electronic Serial Number when subscribing or requesting technical assistance See the Satellite Radio Kit manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit for complete satellite radio activation procedures and information on how to display the ESN 6 36 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Compact Disc CD Player Load button Repeat button Scan button Track up button CD slot CD eject button Random button TRACK voLUME Track down button CD play button Fast forward button Reverse button Power Volume dial Type Playable data Music CD player non MP3 compatible Music data CD DA Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button amp to eject the CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off 6 38 Some models NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject
507. ssenger air bag deactivation indicator light on page 3 To get the retractor into the automatic 2 63 locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 2 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 4 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat the previous step and also this one 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Do not seat a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminated While it is always better to install any child restraint system on the rear seat it is imperative that a child restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child restraint system page 2 63 Seating a child in a child restraint system installed on the front passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is dangerous If this indicator light does not illuminate
508. ssure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z O Of Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side 9 32 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace
509. ssure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 6 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 9 29 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them Vv Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold m
510. stallers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 119 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front or swing it to the side Sunvisor i roe TEA gt Xu as 1 1 7 1 S if I pN VY Side Extention Sunvisors The visor extender extends the sunvisor s range of sun shading To use pull it out A CAUTION When moving the sunvisor reinsert the visor extender otherwise the visor extender could hit the rearview mirror 6 120 Y Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor The vanity mirror light will illuminate when you open the cover Interior Lights V Illuminated Entry System When the illuminated entry system operates the overhead light switch is in the DOOR position and the courtesy lights turn on for e About 30 seconds after the driver s door is unlocked and the ignition switch is in the LOCK position with the ignition key removed e About 15 seconds after all doors are closed If your vehicle is equipped with the advanced key the overhead light turns on for about 5 seconds when the advanced key is outside of the vehicle e About 15 seconds after the ignition switch is in the LOCK position with the ignition key removed with all doors closed The light als
511. standard display and black bands appear on each side of the screen A 16 9 screen ratio image is scaled to a 4 3 screen ratio Wide screen The center part of the image is compressed toward the center and the surrounding area is enlarged toward the edge A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure 6 66 Cinema screen The image is enlarged upward and downward A 4 3 and 16 9 screen ratio image are displayed with the upper lower part of the image cut off NOTE Because images are enlarged lengthwise for display a horizontal streak may be seen however it does not indicate a malfunction A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure NOTE The display varies depending on the style of the image recorded on the disc Refer to the following table and set the screen size Image style Recommendation 4 3 Normal or wide screen 16 9 Full screen Letter box Full or cinema screen Display Off Only sound without image can be played Press and hold the DISPLAY button DISPLAY on the remote controller DISPLAY OFF is displayed and then image turns off Press any button on the remote controller to display the image VY Remote Controller Operate the Rear Entertainment System with the remote controller except for disc insertion ejection A CAUTION Do not apply excessive force to the remote controller or get it wet Also do not leave the rem
512. sures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications A WARNING Never use the temporary spare tire when towing Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as it could result in tire failure loss of control and injury to vehicle occupants 4 15 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing V Safety Chains Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become unintentionally unhitched They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the hitch Leave enough slack to allow full turns Consult literature published by your trailer or hitch manufacturer for more details A WARNING Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior to departure Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle is dangerous If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball the trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision V Trailer Lights Trailer lights must comply with all federal state and local regulations Equip your trailer as required before towing it day or night A CAUTION Don t connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda This may damage your vehicle s electrical system and lighting systems Have a recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system and inspect the brake lights and turn signals yourself befo
513. t Interior Equipment Storage Compartments AWARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving A CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature YV Overhead Console This console box is designed to store accessories Push and release to open 6 127 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Coin Box To open press the release catch down and pull the lid downward Y Glove Box To open the glove box pull the latch toward you Insert the key auxiliary key and turn it clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Advanced key equipped vehicle 6 128 Some models V Center Console To open push the button V Armrest Box To open pull the release catch as Zo V Cargo Securing Loops A WARNING Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Use the loops in the luggage compartment to secure cargo with a rope or net The tensile strength of the loops is 196 N 20 kgf 44 lbf Do not apply excessive force to the
514. t United States and Canada Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific emission and safety standards Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries In addition to registration problems satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This
515. t of the vehicle Occupants in the vehicle will also not have full protection in a collision Never allow children to operate the power liftgate system Allowing children to operate the power liftgate switch and the keyless entry system is dangerous Children are not aware of the dangers of people getting fingers and hands caught in a moving liftgate If someone s neck head or hands get caught in a closing door it could result in death or serious injury A CAUTION gt When closing the power liftgate make sure there are no foreign objects around the striker If foreign objects are obstructing the striker the liftgate may not close properly Striker gt Do not install accessories to the power liftgate other than specified accessories Otherwise it cannot be opened closed automatically and could result in a malfunction gt Be careful when switching the power liftgate from electrical to manual operation The power liftgate may open close unexpectedly depending on its position which could result in injury Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Do not apply unnecessary force to the power liftgate when it is opening closing electrically Unnecessary force on the liftgate may cause it to reverse direction of movement automatically The power liftgate may not open close electrically if the vehicle is parked on an incline or there is strong wind or the liftgate is laden with snow The power li
516. t Rating 1 2WD 2 AWD 4 13 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing A WARNING Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing Load Table Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or vehicle damage or both Load your trailer with the weight about 60 toward the front and 40 toward the rear Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous Doing so could cause you to lose control The trailer tongue load must be 10 15 of the total trailer load sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue load is dangerous Trailer sway from crosswinds rough roads or other causes could result in loss of control and a serious accident A CAUTION The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer on platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company Trailer Hitch Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross trailer weight requirement When not towing a trailer remove the trailer hitch if detachable to reduce the possibility of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear ended 4 14 Before Driving
517. t a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 34 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Vehicle Loading This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label A WARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings fr
518. t a window or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not hang net bags map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats Never use seat covers on the front seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield glass side door glass front and rear window pillars and a
519. t is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return to the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again 2 20 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Vv Automatic Locking Mode Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it See the section on child restraint page 2 34 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 3 Point Type Seat Belt NOTE When using the center rear seat belt refer to Center Rear Position Seat Belt page 2 27 V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt 3 Insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear a click 2 22 A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt
520. t not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly The In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it Handling the In dash CD changer This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RWexceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RWis inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of
521. tart knob by pulling it outward while pressing the buttons on both the left and right sides 4 Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition switch YV Ignition Switch Positions The steering wheel locks to protect against theft Only in this position can the key be removed A WARNING Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock You will lose steering control and a serious accident could occur For vehicles equipped with the advanced key the steering wheel locks when the starter knob is turned to the LOCK position Before leaving the driver s seat always put the key or start knob to LOCK position set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P Intentionally placing the key or start knob into LOCK position is much more important where you will not be removing the key to leave the vehicle and because leaving it in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without putting the ignition switch in LOCK position setting the parking brake and the shift lever is in P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE If turning the key is difficult jiggle the steering wheel from side to side Leaving the key or start knob in any position but LOCK posit
522. te 44 1kHz 48 64 80 96 128 160 192 256 320 kbps 48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbps VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Monaural WMA tag Title artist name album name WMA A CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction e Ina WMA file the track name artist name album name and category name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed on the monitor e WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc Operating tips for Dolby Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby MLP Lossless and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories OO ae DIGITAL 6 58 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Operating tips for dts DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc DIGITAL SURROUND V Operation Tips for Headphones To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System it is
523. ted it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 17 Returning seatbacks to their original positions 1 Lift the seatback to its original position Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 Route the center rear seat belt through the seat belt guide and fasten it Check that all seat belts are routed properly for passenger use page 2 27 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Third Row Seat A WARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to rock the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Do not drive with the seatback unlocked The seatback plays an important role in your pr
524. ted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Dry brakes that have become wet by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected V Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always put the key or start knob to LOCK position set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P Intentionally placing the key or start knob into LOCK position is much more important where you will not be removing the key to leave the vehicle and because leaving it in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without putting the ignition switch in LOCK position setting the parking brake and the shift lever is in P is d
525. tem Specification Type DOHC 24V 60 V 6 cylinder BorexStroke 95 5 x 86 7 mm 3 75 x 3 41 in Displacement 3 726 ml 3 726 cc 227 4 cu in Compression ratio 10 3 V Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 55AH 5HR MF Spark plug number CY01 18110 Spark plug gap 1 29 1 45 mm 0 051 0 057 in 1 ex factory A CAUTION When cleaning the platinum plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged VY Lubricant Quality Lubricant Classification Engine oil Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8 19 Automatic transaxle fluid JWS3309 Transfer case oil API Service GL 5 SAE 75W 140 Rear differential oil API Service GL 5 SAE 80W 90 Power steering fluid ATF M II M V or equivalent e g Dexron II Brake fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 10 4 Specifications Vv Capacities Approximate Quantities Item Capacity With oil filter replacement 5 2 L 5 5 US qt 4 6 Imp qt Engine oil Without oil filter replacement 4 7 L 5 0 US qt 4 2 Imp qt Coolt With Towing Package 12 2 L 12 9 US qt 10 7 Imp qt Without Towing Package 11 6 L 12 3 US qt 10 2 Imp qt Automatic transaxle fluid 7 0 L 7 4 US qt 6 2 Imp qt Transfer case oil 0 532 L 0 562 US qt 0 468 Imp qt Rear differential oil 1 0 L 1 1 US qt 0 9 Imp qt Washer fluid 4 5 L 4 8 US qt 4 0 Imp
526. tem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 Y STEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6
527. tems placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom gt The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far gt Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg 66 lb and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg 93 Ib 2 65 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg 66 Ib is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of ap
528. ter The advanced key battery power is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 The advanced key is malfunctioning Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 20 AWARNING Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed These new kinds of keys are fascinating to children They could play with power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move NOTE e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 52 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 55 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks Retractable type key __ gt Key code number plate Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle
529. the disc is inserted upside down it may cause a malfunction When a disc has been inserted 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 2 Turn on the Rear Entertainment System 3 Press the PLAY button to start playback NOTE If the Rear Entertainment System has been turned off during a previous playback playback automatically resumes when the system is turned on Stopping the playback Press the STOP button to stop the playback To resume the playback press the PLAY button Resume playback function The Rear Entertainment System stores the position where the playback has been stopped using the resume playback function Press the PLAY button to resume the playback from the position previously stopped Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE If the RETURN button is pressed after the playback has been stopped the resume playback function is canceled Once the resume playback function is canceled the playback starts from the first chapter DVD video track video CD audio CD DVD audio or MP3 WMA CD when the PLAY button is pressed Pausing the playback Press the PAUSE button to pause the playback Press the PAUSE or PLAY button to resume the playback Fast forward Reverse Fast forward Image and sound is fast forwarded while the FWD button gt is pressed Reverse Image and sound is reversed while the REW button lt lt is pressed Slow playback DVD vid
530. the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 31 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points Y Tire Inflation Pre
531. the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight 3 50 A CAUTION Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key gt Equipment containing electronic components or cards with magnetic strips such as credit cards come near the auxiliary key NOTE U S A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device V Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is di
532. the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 4 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle 5 When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration 7 19 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle where all the wheels are connected to the drive train proper transporting of the vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid damaging the drive system Government and local laws must be followed A towed 2WD vehicle should have its drive wheels front wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground release the parking brake A towed AWD vehicle must have all its wheels off the gr
533. the upper driver s side corner of the dash Purchase date and current mileage Your dealer s name and location Your question s Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Importer Distributor V U S A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A Distributor in Each Area V CANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada Y PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island Plaza Motors Corp Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 362722 San Juan Puerto Rico 00936 2722 TEL 787 641 9300 Y MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Circuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N 1500 Col Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe 01210 Mexico D F TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico Y GUAM Triple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 Y SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 9
534. tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 28 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 385kg or 840 Ibs TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S FRONT P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS MANUAL FOR REAR P235 60R 18 220KPA 32PS ADDITIONAL T155 90D 18 420KPA 60PS INFORMATION SAMPLE XS S S af V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pre
535. too much as this may cause damage to the spare tire carrier 6 Rotate the small lever on top of the retaining plate and pull the retaining plate out from the center hole of the tire NOTE A flat tire which has been removed from the vehicle for repair cannot be carried in the spare tire carrier Secure the flat tire with the flat tire belt in the cargo sub compartment page 7 11 7 If the temporary spare tire is not reinstalled in the spare tire carrier tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely to wind up the spare tire carrier cable A WARNING Always tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely tight and make sure the spare tire is locked in the highest position A loose spare tire carrier bolt is dangerous The cable could be cut causing the spare tire to fall off This could result in someone being seriously injured or even killed Use a lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt and make sure to tighten it until a click sound is heard To secure the spare tire 1 Place the tire with the outer side facing upward rotate the small lever on top of the retaining plate and slide the retaining plate through the center hole of the tire Rotate the small lever into place NOTE Secure the spare tire as shown below Spare tire 2 Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse order of removal In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Place the specialized temporary spare tire in the
536. transaxle in P Avoid parking on an incline but if you must follow these instructions 1 Depress and hold down the brake pedal 2 Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires 3 Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load e Ifthe grade is downhill turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face the curb e Ifitis uphill face the rear of the front tires against the curb 4 Firmly apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transaxle into P and stop the engine To restart after parking on an incline 1 With the transaxle in P start the engine Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Shift into gear 4 18 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing 3 Release the parking brake also the foot brake and pull away from the wheel blocks Stop apply the parking brake and shift into P 4 Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks Fuel consumption Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption Maintenance If you tow a trailer frequently have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled Maintenance page 8 3 4 19 4 20 Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges i 3 5 8 ied dedi avian ceded Switches and Controls Lighting Control epeen nonn n n R Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 ccscesceeseeseeseeeteeeeeeeees Fog T1511 Siamese aa Ra Windshield Wipers and Washer ccccesceeseesseeseeseeseeesees Rea
537. tual Road Conditions and Displayed Image Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road Such variance in distance perspective could lead to an accident Note the following conditions that may cause a variance in distance perspective 1 When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load When the vehicle rear is lowered the object displayed on the screen appears farther than the actual distance Variance The figure is an example showing Mazda CX 9 2 When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle When there is a steep upgrade downgrade behind the vehicle the object displayed on the screen appears farther downgrade closer than the actual distance A Appears B Appears farther than closer than LP p Actual A actual distance distance a Object on screen Object at actual position Object on screen s A Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen Object at actual B Actual distance between the vehicle and object position The figure is an example showing Mazda CX 9 D D D D lt fa r fa Q 89 MEMO HR Rear View Monitor 90 Contents Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda CX 9 only Screen display of Bluetooth Hands Free information 006 92 Q Ajuo 6 X9 pze 3 14 spuey Yyjoojen g E Bluetooth Hands Free Screen display of Bluetooth Hands Free infor
538. uently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when e The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter e The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth e The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff e Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing e Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish e Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing 8 54 e Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth e Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle e Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained e Don t use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives A CAUTION gt Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint gt To prevent dam
539. ule page 8 3 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing e Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Don t carry unnecessary weight Don t rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Keep the wheels in correct alignment Keep windows closed at high speeds e Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident e e o o o e e Hazardous Driving Y Driving on Slippery Surface A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a substitute for safe driving The ABS and RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or i
540. um name and category name are recorded with data called ID3 Tag and the information can be displayed on the monitor MP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension mp3 to the end of the file name and then write the disc Playlist This unit can play playlist files Playlist is a function that allows free setting of the playback order of MP3 files The file extension of a playlist file in which the order of playback is recorded is m3u or pls Operating tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Window Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries 6 57 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Playable WMA file specification CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Specification Windows Media Audio Version7 0 22 05kHz 32 kbps 7 32kHz 48 64 kbps Sampling frequency Bit ra
541. und MAX BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off ILLM EFT setting Illumination setting during operation The audio system illumination during operation can be set on or off Time adjustment Rotating the audio control dial switches the display between 12 and 24 hour clock time page 6 124 6 32 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Operating the Radio Band selector button Scan button Satellite button Seek tuning Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FM1 gt FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 34 Manual tuning dial Auto memory buttons button Electric serial number Channel preset buttons Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be canceled Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will
542. und will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving VTCS OFF Indicator Light TCS OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It also illuminates when the TCS OFF switch is pressed and TCS is switched off Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 24 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after turning the ignition switch to the ON position attempt the procedure again If this still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 23 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V TCS OFF Switch If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km h 9 mph press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the TCS The TCS OFF indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn the TCS back on The TCS OFF indicator light will go out If the vehicle speed is more than 15 km h 9 mph the TCS OFF indicator light will not illuminate even if the switch is pressed 5 24 NOTE When TCS is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive
543. uning The 8 preset channels can be used to store 8 AM and 16 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Select any channel preset on screen button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The selected preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be canceled Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Addi tional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Select and hold the LULE on screen button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 8 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area Audio Sound Adjustment Refer to Power Volume Sound Controls Satellite Radio SAT Vehicles equipped with the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit have the ability to receive up to 100 channels of digital quality programming coast to coast via satellite For information on use read the S
544. use the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 2 33 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats and towards the buckle on the right if the child is seated on the center seat Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age and more so with a supplemental restraint system air bags A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated The front passen
545. ut page 6 48 6 44 YW Error Indications Interior Comfort Audio System If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause CD is inserted upside down Solution Insert the CD properly If the error indication does not disappear consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD CD is defective Insert another CD properly If the error indication does not disappear consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 45 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Control Switch Operation Steering Wheel When the audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable e When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off e When CD being played is ejected For the In dash CD changer when all CDs are ejected Without navigation system Mute switch Mode switch Volume switch Seek switch 6 46 With navigation system Use the VOICE switch for navigation system sound operation For details refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE switch Mode switch Volume switch Seek switch NOTE e
546. utes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 3 Inspect the engine oil level page 8 20 If it s low add oil 4 Start the engine and check the warning light If the light remains illuminated even after you add oil stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Don t run the engine if oil pressure is low It could result in extensive engine damage V Check Engine Light a This indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and goes off when the engine is started If this light comes on while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light came on and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 45 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds The check engine light may come on in the following cases e The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty e The engine s electrical system has a problem e The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Y Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If this light comes on while d
547. uthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and restore the seat belt minder 5 47 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Driver seated Front passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition ao l 20 E ra 0 12 mph more Seat belt O x O Indicator A x Beep D O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated Flashing d Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed 5 48 Driver seated Front passenger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driver OJOIX X OlO XX Seat belt Passenger O X OX X OX Indicator VARA wl Beep DIDID O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated amp Flashing e Beep Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the we
548. ve with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately 5 43 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Vv ABS Warning Light The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light comes on This is due to a weak battery not a malfunction Recharge the battery 5 44 Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may turn the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on at the same time The problem is likely to be the electronic brake
549. vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle 3 52 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight A CAUTION When starting the engine do not allow the following as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage touch or come near the key Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE e U S A This device
550. vehicles e Motorcycles e Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo e Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the rear bumper even in a minor accident If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor the system may not operate properly resulting in an accident For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the country where the vehicle is driven The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U S A including territories Canada and Mexico If a vehicle with BSM system is driven in a country other than the U S A Canada or Mexico the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFF switch The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of general freeways Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width the system may detect vehicles on a lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light beep On a road with wider lane width the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning light beep e Operation of the warning light beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warning light beep under the following conditions
551. vel I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play l l Rear differential oil AWD IER Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges LILI IL LI LI LJ LJ L L L L J L Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 7 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first gt Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be per
552. void Area Deletion All Avoid Area Deletion Category Name Modification Previous Destination Deletion All Preset Destination Deletion Voice Recognition VOICE RECOGMIUON vcs sccnccssiestcczssetacesischitosstsbavesiaeatecssenbivensiebiteeteniae 50 Voice Recognition Structure Language Select Basic Usage Pattern Cancel Voice Recognition Voice Recognition Command Volume Adjustment Volume AdjUStMent eee cecceeeeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 52 If necessary If necessary Precautions System Performance ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaees 53 Voice Guidance GPS Map Matching Positioning Accuracy Route Guide Route Search Troubleshooting ioien aaa eaa a aaan a ER eaaa 57 Verification First Error Messages Maintenant en anie a a a a aaa eaa ade aks 60 Care of the Product Handling and Care of Map Discs sn a10jog asp s10jog Safety Information Read this owner s manual for your Navigation System carefully before using the system It contains instructions about how to use the system in a safe and effective manner Mazda assumes no responsibility for any problems resulting from failure to observe the instructions given in this manual This manual uses pictographs to show you how to use the product safely and to alert you to potential dangers resulting from improper connections and operation The meanings of the pictographs are explained below It is i
553. w seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC RSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 26 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly Some models 5 27 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and i
554. w seatback to its upright position and lock it after sliding it backward Make sure it is locked by attempting to lightly move it forward and backward 2 Make sure that the center rear seat belt is routed properly not under the head restraint and the seat belt guide is snapped to the head restraint A CAUTION gt When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury gt After entering exiting the third row seat area return the seatback to its upright position Otherwise it could move unexpectedly and cause injury Y Folding the Second Row Seats To create a flat luggage compartment space fold the seatbacks forward Folding the seatbacks 1 Unfasten the lap portion of the center rear seat belt page 2 29 and stow it into the ceiling recess page 2 29 A CAUTION Always unfasten the lap portion of the belt before folding the rear left seatback Leaving the lap portion of the belt fastened could cause damage to the seat belt buckle and seatback 2 Slide the seat all the way back toward the rear of the vehicle 3 Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 13 4 Pull the lever and fold the seatback forward CAUTION When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not suppor
555. witches To restore these functions perform any one of the following e Press the lock or unlock button on the advanced key which has had its functions temporarily suspended e While carrying another advanced key push in the start knob until the KEY indicator light green illuminates e Insert the auxiliary key and turn the ignition switch to the ON position Warning and Beep Sounds Y System Malfunction Warning Beep If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously and beep sounds will be heard A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red remains illuminated do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 V Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep If the start knob is in the ACC position and the driver s door is opened a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position In this case the keyless entry system does not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery will run down Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep Under the following conditions a be
556. y driving on Set Destination button The destination memory point or way point will be set at the position pointed by in the scroll screen Store Memory Point button Stores markers on the map 10 Quick POI Display button 5 Scale display 1 page 38 Displays the scale of the map 11 Zoom in 6 Distance from current position 1 page 29 Displays the distance from the current position to the position pointed by 12 Zoom out 1 page 29 peyejs Guje5 25 peyie s Bum 26 Screens During Route Guidance 1 2 Distance and Time to Destination display 3 Turn Arrow display Displays the time and distance to the Shows the direction to turn at the next destination or way point junction and the distance to the junction Selecting this will display the nextand 4 Route Preferences button further information on the way point or c page 42 time and distance to the destination Either required time or estimated time arrival Route display Shows the provided route as a thick blue line Menu appears when pressing MENU 7 NAVIGATION MENU Address Book Destination Entry and Route Search r page 30 Address Book page 46 By main Cancel Guidance page 41 Sa naa eee Route Options ms page 42 A Volume Volume zg page 52 Set cioct Set Clock page 14 NAVIGATION MENU B Addres Book Cancel Gualdance AB Route Options Volum
557. y result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It b
558. ype coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 45 000 km 28 100 miles a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet condition c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 10 miles 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 5 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE f Inspect every 160 000 km 100 000 miles Drive belts Replace every 240
559. zed Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt The seat bottom power adjustment is operated by motors Avoid extended operation because excessive use can damage the motors gt To prevent the battery from running down avoid using the power adjustment when the engine is stopped The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power gt Don t use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time WV Seat Slide To slide the seat move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back and hold it Release the switch at the desired position Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with the seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you don t get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in a front passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor If your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom
560. zed Mazda Dealer 5 53 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things e The high beam headlights are on e The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position V Shift Position Indicator Light This indicates the selected shift position when the ignition switch is in the ON position Gear position indicator 5 54 Gear position indicator When the shift lever is in the D or M position the numeral for the selected gear displays V TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds VTCS OFF Indicator Light TCS OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position It also illuminates when the TCS OFF switch is pressed and TCS is switched off Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 24 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the TCS DSC

Mazda 2005 Tribute Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents